Asus Pedestal Server TS100-E4/PI2 User Manual
TS100-E4/PI2 P edestal Server User Guide
ii Copyright 2007é ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). ASUS provides this manual âÂÂas isâ without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties or conditions of merchantability or îÂÂtness for a particular purpose. In no event shall ASUS, its directors, ofîÂÂcers, employees, or agents be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages (including damages for loss of proîÂÂts, loss of business, loss of use or data, interruption of business and the like), even if ASUS has been advised of the possibility of such damages arising from any defect or error in this manual or product. SpeciîÂÂcations and information contained in this manual ae furnished for informational use only, and are subject to change at any time without notice, and should not be construed as a commitment by ASUS. ASUS assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this manual, including the products and software described in it. Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair, modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. Products and corporate name s appearing in this manual may or may not be re gistered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe. E2791 First Edition V1.00 February 2007
iii Contents Notices ................................................................................................vii Safety information ............................................................................. viii About this guide .................................................................................. ix Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 System package contents ......................................................... 1-2 1.2 System speciîÂÂcations ................................................................ 1-3 1.3 Front panel features .................................................................. 1-5 1.4 LED information ......................................................................... 1-6 1.5 Rear panel features .................................................................... 1-6 1.6 Internal features ........................................................................ 1-7 Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2.1 Removing the side cover ........................................................... 2-2 2.2 Motherboard information ........................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-5 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................ 2-5 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink .......................................... 2-7 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-9 2.4.1 Overview ..................................................................... 2-9 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations ................................................ 2-9 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-10 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ...................................................... 2-10 2.5 Installing a hard disk drive ....................................................... 2-11 2.6 Installing 5.25-inch drives ........................................................ 2-15 2.6.1 Removing the front panel cover ................................ 2-15 2.6.2 Installing additional optical drive(s) .......................... 2-17 2.7 Installing expansion cards ........................................................ 2-19 2.8 Removing components ............................................................ 2-21 2.8.1 Removing the îÂÂoppy disk drive ................................. 2-21 2.8.2 Removing/Add the chassis fan (Optional) ................ 2-22 2.9 Connecting cables .................................................................... 2-23 2.10 Replacing the side cover ........................................................ 2-24 Chapter 3: Motherboard Info 3.1 Motherboard overview ............................................................... 3-2
iv Contents 3.2 Jumpers ..................................................................................... 3-5 3.3 Connectors .............................................................................. 3-10 3.3.1 Rear panel connectors .............................................. 3-10 3.3.2 Internal connectors ................................................... 3-11 Chapter 4: BIOS Setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................. 4-2 4.1.1 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk .................................. 4-2 4.1.2 AFUDOS utility............................................................. 4-3 4.1.3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility..................................... 4-6 4.1.4 ASUS Update utility ..................................................... 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program ................................................................. 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ..................................................... 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ................................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Navigation keys ......................................................... 4-12 4.2.4 Menu items ................................................................ 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ........................................................ 4-13 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ................................................... 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window .......................................................... 4-13 4.2.8 Scroll bar ................................................................... 4-13 4.2.9 General help .............................................................. 4-13 4.3 Main menu ................................................................................ 4-14 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] ............................................. 4-14 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] ................................. 4-14 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [Enabled] .................................... 4-14 4.3.4 Primary, Third, Fourth IDE Master/Slave ................... 4-15 4.3.5 IDE ConîÂÂguration ...................................................... 4-16 4.3.6 System Information ................................................... 4-18 4.4 Advanced menu ....................................................................... 4-19 4.4.1 USB ConîÂÂguration ..................................................... 4-19 4.4.2 MPS ConîÂÂguration ..................................................... 4-20 4.4.3 Remote Access ConîÂÂguration ................................... 4-21 4.4.4 Trusted Computing ................................................... 4-22 4.4.5 CPU ConîÂÂguration ..................................................... 4-23 4.4.6 Chipset ...................................................................... 4-24
v Contents 4.4.7 Onboard Devices ConîÂÂguration ................................. 4-26 4.4.8 PCI PnP ...................................................................... 4-27 4.5 Power ConîÂÂguration ................................................................. 4-28 4.5.1 APM ConîÂÂguration ..................................................... 4-28 4.5.2 Hardware Monitor ...................................................... 4-30 4.6 Boot menu ............................................................................... 4-31 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .................................................. 4-32 4.6.2 Hard Disk Drives ........................................................ 4-32 4.6.3 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration ...................................... 4-33 4.6.4 Security ..................................................................... 4-34 4.7 Exit menu ................................................................................. 4-37 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.1 RAID conîÂÂgurations ................................................................... 5-2 5.1.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions ........................................................... 5-2 5.1.2 Installing Serial ATA hard disks ................................... 5-3 5.1.3 Setting the RAID item in BIOS ..................................... 5-3 5.1.4 RAID conîÂÂguration utility ............................................ 5-3 5.2 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility ..................... 5-4 5.2.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) .................................. 5-5 5.2.2 Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) ................................ 5-7 5.2.3 Deleting a RAID set ..................................................... 5-8 5.2.4 Resetting Disks to Non-RAID ....................................... 5-9 5.2.5 Exiting the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager utility ........ 5-9 5.2.6 Rebuilding the RAID ................................................... 5-10 5.2.7 Setting the Boot array in the BIOS Setup Utility ....... 5-11 5.3 LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility ......................... 5-12 5.3.1 Creating a RAID set ................................................... 5-13 5.3.2 Adding or viewing a RAID conîÂÂguration .................... 5-19 5.3.3 Initializing the logical drives ...................................... 5-22 5.3.4 Rebuilding failed drives .............................................. 5-27 5.3.5 Checking the drives for data consistency ................. 5-29 5.3.6 Deleting a RAID conîÂÂguration ................................... 5-32 5.3.7 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set ................. 5-33 5.3.8 Enabling the WriteCache ........................................... 5-34
vi Contents 5.4 Global Array Manager ............................................................... 5-34 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.1 RAID driver installation ............................................................... 6-2 6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk.......................................... 6-2 6.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver ............................ 6-3 6.2 LAN driver installation ............................................................. 6-13 6.2.1 Windows î 2003 Server ............................................. 6-13 6.2.2 Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 ..................................... 6-14 6.3 VGA driver installation ............................................................. 6-15 6.3.1 Windows î 2003 Server ............................................. 6-15 6.3.2 Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 ..................................... 6-15 6.4 Management applications and utilities installation ................... 6-16 6.4.1 Running the support CD ............................................ 6-16 6.4.2 Drivers menu ............................................................. 6-16 6.4.3 Management Software menu .................................... 6-17 6.4.4 Utilities menu ............................................................ 6-17 6.4.5 Contact information .................................................. 6-17 Appendix: Reference information A.1 Intel î EM64T .............................................................................. A-2 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î Technology (EIST) ......................... A-2 A.2.1 System requirements .................................................. A-2 A.2.2 Using the EIST ............................................................. A-3 A.3 Block diagram ............................................................................ A-4 A.4 250W single power supply ........................................................ A-5 A.4.1 General description ..................................................... A-5 A.4.2 SpeciîÂÂcations .............................................................. A-6
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device mus t accept any interference r eceived includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B d igital device, pursuan t to Part 1 5 of the FC C Rules . These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate rad io fre que ncy en ergy a nd, if no t i nst alle d a nd us ed in acc ord ance w ith m a n u f a c t u r e r â s i n s t r u c t i o n s , m a y c a u s e h a r m f u l i n t e r f e r e n c e to r a d i o c om m u ni c at i o ns . H ow e v er , t he r e is n o gu a r an t e e t h a t i n t er f e re n ce w i ll not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does caus e harmful inter ference to radio or televi sion r eceptio n, whi ch ca n be deter mined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from tha t to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. C a n a d i a n D e p a r t m e n t o f C o m m u n i c a t i o n s S t a t e m e n t Th is di git al ap par atu s doe s not e xce ed th e Cla ss B li mit s fo r r ad io no ise e m i s s i o n s f r o m d i g i t a l a p p a r a t u s s e t o u t i n t h e R a d i o I n t e r f e r e n c e Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. WARNING! The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Ch an g es or m od i fi ca ti on s to t hi s un it n ot e xp re ss ly a pp ro ve d b y t h e p a rt y re s p o ns i b le f o r c o m pl i a nc e c ou l d vo i d t h e us e r â s a u t ho r i ty t o operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical Safety ⢠Before installing or removing signa l cables, ensure that the power cables for the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged. ⢠To p reve nt e lect ric al sh ock h aza rd, d isc onn ect th e pow er ca ble f rom the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the si gn a l ca bl es ar e c on ne ct ed . I f p os si bl e, di sc on ne ct al l p ow er ca bl es from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your dealer. Operation Safety ⢠Any mechanical operation on this server must be conducted by certiîÂÂed or experienced engineers. ⢠Before operating the server, carefully read all the manuals included with the server package. ⢠Befo re u sing the serv er, make sure all cab les a re c orrec tly c onnec ted and the power cables are not damaged. If any damage is detected, con- tact your dealer as soon as possible. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Place the server on a stable surface. This product is equipped with a three-wire power cable and plug for the user âÂÂs sa fety. Use t he pow er cab le wit h a pr operly groun ded el ectric al outlet to avoid electrical shock. Lithium-Ion Battery Warning CAU TIO N! Dan ger of ex plos ion if ba tte ry is inc orr ectl y r epla ced . Replace only with the same or e quivalent type r ecommended by t he m a nu f a ct u r er . Di s p os e o f u s e d b a t te r ie s a cc o r di n g t o t h e manufacturerâÂÂs instructions. CD-ROM Drive Safety Warning CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT Heavy System C AU T IO N ! T h is s er v er s ys t e m i s he a vy . As k fo r as s is t a nc e wh e n moving or carrying the system.
ix About this guide Audience This u ser guide is intended for syst em integrators, and exper ienced users with at least basic knowledge of conîÂÂguring a server. Contents This guide contains the following parts: 1. Chapter 1: Product Introduction Th is ch apt er de scr ibe s the g ene ral f eat ure s of th e ser ver , in clu din g sections on front panel and rear panel speciîÂÂcations. 2. Chapter 2: Hardware setup Th is c ha pt er l is ts t he h ar dwa re s et up p ro ce dur es t ha t yo u h ave to perform when installing or removing system components. 3. Chapter 3: Motherboard information Th i s c ha pt er gi ve s i nf o rm at io n a bo u t t he m o th er bo ar d t h at c o me s with the server. This chapter includes the motherboard layout, jumper settings, and connector locations. 4. Chapter 4: BIOS information Th is cha pte r t ell s h ow to ch ang e s yst em set tin gs thr oug h t he BI OS Setup menus and describes the BIOS parameters. 5.î ChapterîÂÂ5:îÂÂRAIDîÂÂconî¿guration Th is c ha pt er te ll s h ow t o c ha ng e sy st em s et ti ng s t hr ou gh th e BI OS Se tu p me nu s. D et ai le d de sc ri pt io ns o f th e BI OS p ar am et er s ar e al so p ro vi de d. 6. Chapter 6: Driver installation This chap ter provides inst ructions for ins talling the neces sary drivers for different system components. 7. Appendix: Reference information Th is ap pen dix i ncl ude s ad dit ion al in for mat ion t hat y ou ma y ref er t o when conîÂÂguring the motherboard.
x References Refer to the follo wing source s for addit ional infor mation, and for produ ct and software updates. 1.î ASUSîÂÂServerîÂÂW eb-basedîÂÂManagementîÂÂ(A SWM)îÂÂuserîÂÂguide This manual tells how to set up and use the proprietary ASUS server management utility. 2. ASUS websites Th e ASU S we bsi te s w or ldw id e p rov id e upd at ed inf or ma tio n fo r al l A SU S ha rd wa re a nd s of tw ar e pr od uc ts . Re fe r to t he A SU S c on ta ct i nf or mat io n. Conventions To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the fol- lowing symbols used throughout this manual. WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. NOTE: Tips and information to aid in completing a task. Typography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater- than sign means that you must press the enclosed key. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key. <Key1> <Key2> <Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl> <Alt> <Delete> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S
1- Th is ch apt er de scri bes t he ge ner al f e a t u r e s o f t h e b a r e b o n e s e r v e r , i n c l u d i n g s e c t i o n s o n t h e f r o n t panel and rear panel speciîÂÂcations. Chapter 1 Pr od uct int rodu ctio n
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-2 1.1 System package contents Chec k yo ur A SUS T S100-E 4/PI2 pack age with the item s on the foll owing table. The package contents vary for the following conîÂÂgurations: C o nt a c t y o u r d e a le r im m e d ia t e ly i f a n y o f t he i te m s is d a ma g e d o r missing. Check your system package for the following items. Chassis ASUS T10 Non-rackable Tower chassis Motherboard ASUS P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 motherboard Components 2 5 0 W S i n g l e p o w e r s u p p l y ( 1 1 0 / 2 3 0 V S w i t c h i n g Selection) 1 x St an da rd 16 x DV D- RO M or st an da rd D VD -RW ( Op ti on al ) Active CPU Cooler Cables AC power cable SATA cables SATA power cable IDE cable FDD cable System cables Accessories TS100-E4/PI2 user guide TS100-E4/PI2 support CD (includes ASWM*) CA Anti-virus software CD Bag of screws * ASUS System Web-based Management
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 1-3 1.2 System speciî¿cations The ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 is a server system featuring the ASUS P5M2-M/ C _ T S 1 0 0 - E 4 m o t h e r b o a r d . T h e s e r v e r s u p p o r t s t h e I n t e l î X e o n î 3000/3200 or Pentium î D (D-stepping) series Processors, and includes the latest technologies through the chipsets embedded on the motherboard. Chassis T10 non-rackable Tower Chassis Motherboard ASUS P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Chipset NorthBridge: Intel î Xeon 3000 chipset (Mukilteo-2) SouthBridge: Intel î ICH7R CPU LGA775 socket for Intel î Xeon î 3000/3200 or Pentium î D (D-stepping) series processors Supports I n t e l î En ha nc ed M em or y 64 T e c hn ol og y (E M6 4T ) Supports Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î Technology (EIST) Memory Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support unbuffered ECC/non-ECC DDR2-533/667 memory modules Supports up to 8 GB system memory LAN S in gl e em be dd ed B ro ad co m BC M5 72 1 Gi ga bi t LA N co nt ro ll er s th at co mp ly w it h PC I Ex pr e s s 1. 0a s pe ci îÂÂc at io ns VGA XGI Volari î PCI-based VGA controller with 32 MB memory Storage Intel î ICH7R Southbridge supports: - 2 x SATAII 300MB/s drivers with RAID functionali ty using the Intel Matrix Storage Manager (IMSM)(RAID 0, RAID 1), or the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID controller (RAID 0, RAID 1) Expansion slots 1 x PCIe x8 Slot (x4 Link) (PCI E1 slot) 1 x PCIe x8 Slot (x8 Link) (PCI E2 slot) 2 x PCI 32bit/33MHz 5V Slots 1 x SO-DIMM socket for ASUS Server Management Board Front panel 4 x 5.25" Space for max of 2* IDE device (Option: DVD-ROM or DVD-RW) 2 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x FDD Power switch Reset switch LEDs: Power, HDD access Rear panel 1 x PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 1 x PS/2 mouse port (green) 2 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Parallel port 1 x Serial port (COM1) 1 x VGA port 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port Management ASUS Server Web-based Management (ASWM 2.0) Hardware support (optional) SM-Bus, ASMB3-SOL support IPMI 2.0 Over LAN management card (continuted on the next page)
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-4 Hardware monitors Voltage, temperature, and fan speed monitoring Automatic System Restart (ASR) feature Power supply 250W single power supply, 100V~130Vac/200~260Vac by switching setting; 50Hz~60Hz, 24pin 4pin power connector Dimensions 192 mm (W) x 490 mm (D) x 426 mm (h) Net Weight 13.5 kg Refer to "Chapter 3 Motherboard information" for details on the internal connectors.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 1-5 1.3 Front panel features The TS100-E4/PI2 chassis displays a black stylish front panel. The power button, LED indicators, optical, and îÂÂoppy drives are located on the f ront panel. Flip th e front panel I/O p or t s c ov e r to a c c es s t he f r o nt p a ne l USB ports. F r o n t p a n e l I / O ports cover Optical drive Floppy disk drive Empty 5.25-inch bays Power button and LED HDD LED Reset button USB ports
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-6 1.5 Rear panel features Th e r e ar pa ne l i n cl ud es a s l ot f o r t he mo th e rb oa rd r ea r I /O po rt s , f ou r full-length expansion slots, chassis cover locks, a vent for the system fan, and the power supply unit. 1.4 LED information The TS100-E4/PI2 comes with two LED indicators. Refer to the picture for the LED location and the table below for LED description. Power connector 4 expansion slots Power suppy unit Sp ace f or 9 c m sys tem FAN if needed P/S2 keyboard port Serial port Parallel port VGA port Gigabit LAN ports Voltage selector LED Icon Display Description Drive Activity LED Blinking Read/write data into the HDD Power LED ON System power ON Blinking Suspend mode P/S2 mouse port USB 2.0 ports Power Switch
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 1-7 1.6 Internal features The TS100-E4/PI2 chassis includes the basic components as shown. 1. Power supply 2. Space for 9 cm system FAN 3. ASUS P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 4. CPU socket and CPU Cooler 5. DDR2 DIMM sockets 6. PCI Express x8 slot (x4 Link) 7. PCI Express x8 slot (x8 Link) 8. 2 x PCI slots 1 9. Floppy disk drive connector 10. IDE connector 11. Serial ATA connectors 12. Optical drive (Standard/Optional) 13. Empty 5.25-inch drive bays 14. Floppy disk drive 15. HDD bay 16. Detachable HDD cage 4 5 1 0 1 5 1 6 1 1 3 6 7 8 The hard disk drives are purchased separately. 1 3 2 1 4 9 12
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-8
2- T h i s c h a p t e r l i s t s t h e h a r d w a r e s e t u p proce dures that you have to p erform when installing or removing system components. Chapter 2 Hardware setup
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-2 2.1 Removing the side cover To remove the side cover: 1. Use a Philips screwdriver to remove the screw on the side cover. 2. Locate the two side cover locks. 3. Move the side cover to the direction of the arrow. 4. Lift the side cover, then set aside. 4 4 3. P r e s s t h e s i d e c o v e r l o c k s out ward , t hen pul l t he s ide cov er t o w ar d t h e r e a r p a ne l f o r a b o u t one-half inch. 3 1 2 2 1
2-3 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 Viewing the internal structure Without the side cover, the internal structure and installed components of the barebone server appear as shown in the following picture. P e rf o r m t he p r o c ed u r e s i n t he s u c c ee d i n g s e ct i o n s t o in s t a l l t h e C P U , system memory, disk drives, and expansion cards. ⢠Make sure that you unplug the power cord before removing the side cover. ⢠Ta ke e xtr a c are wh en r emo vin g t he s ide co ver . K eep you r f ing ers from c omponent s inside the chas sis that can caus e injury, s uch as the CPU fan, rear fan, and other sharp-edged parts.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 2.2 Motherboard information Pl ac e e igh t ( 8) s cr ew s in to t he ho les in di ca ted by c ir cl es t o se cu re th e motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis Refer to "Chapter 3 Motherboard Information" for detailed Information. Mak e su re t o un plug the powe r co rd b efor e ins tall ing or r emov ing t he motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
2-5 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.3.1 Installing the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Xeon î 3000/3200 or Pentium D series processors in the 775- land package. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the cam box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. ⢠Upon pur chase of the m otherboard, ma ke sure that t he PnP cap is on the sock et and the socket co ntacts are not ben t. Contact your r et a il e r i m me d ia t el y i f t h e P n P c a p i s m is s i ng , o r i f y o u s ee a ny damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. A SU S s ho u ld e rs th e r e pa ir co s t o nl y i f t he da m ag e i s s hi p me n t/ transit-related. ⢠Ke ep t he ca p af te r in sta ll in g th e m ot he rb oar d. A SUS w il l pr oce ss R e t u r n M e r c h a n d i s e A u t h o r i z a t i o n ( R M A ) r e q u e s t s o n l y i f t h e motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The produ ct warran ty does not cover damage to the so cket cont acts resulting from in correct CPU installation/ removal, or misplacement/ loss/incorrect removal of the PnP cap. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 CPU Socket 775
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-6 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 4. L i f t t h e l o a d p l a t e w i t h y o u r thumb and foreîÂÂnger to a 100ú a ng l e ( A) , th e n p u sh t he P nP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). T o p re v en t d a ma g e t o t he so c ke t p i ns , d o n ot r em ov e t h e P n P c ap unless you are installing a CPU. 5. Po s it io n t he C PU ov er t h e s o c k e t , m a k i n g s u r e t h a t t h e g o l d t r i a n g l e i s o n t h e b ot t o m- l e ft c o r ne r o f the socket. The socket a l i g n m e n t k e y s h o u l d îÂÂt into the CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark Load plate A B 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever T hi s s i de of t he so c ke t b o x should face you. PnP cap A B
2-7 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 T he C P U fi t s in on l y on e c or r ec t o ri e nt at i on . D O N OT f o rc e t he C P U int o the socke t to preve nt be nding the c onnec tors on th e soc ket a nd damaging the CPU! 6. Clo se the lo ad plat e ( A), th en push the load lever (B ) until it snaps into the retention tab. A B To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Pl ac e t he he at si nk o n t op of t he i n s t a l l e d C P U , m a k i n g s u r e t h a t t h e C P U f a n s c r e w s m a t c h t h e holes on the motherboard. CPU fan screw CPU fan screw hole T h e I n t e l î X e o n 3 2 0 0 / 3 0 0 0 o r P e n t i u m D p r o c e s s o r s r e q u i re a n I n t e l cer tiîÂÂed or ASU S q ualiî ed heat sink to ens ure opt imum the rmal con diti on and performance. When you b uy a boxed I ntel CPU , the package include s the heatsink , fan, retent ion brac kets, s crews, thermal grease, install ation ma nual, a nd othe r items that are necessary for CPU installation. 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink ⢠Make s ure tha t you h ave app lied the therma l greas e to the top of the CPU before installing the heatsink and fan. ⢠Refer to the installation manual that came with the CPU package for details on heatsink/fan assembly and installation. ⢠For ins tall atio n in stru cti on of bun dled ASU S qu aliî ed C PU h eats ink and fan assembly, refer to section 3.2.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-8 A A B B 3. C o nn e c t t h e C PU f a n c a b l e t o t h e c o n ne c t o r s o n t h e m o t he r b o a rd labeled CPU_FAN1. D o n o t f o r g e t t o c o n n e c t t h e C P U f a n c o n n e c t o r t o C P U _ F A N 1 ! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. 2. F a s t e n t h e s c r e w s i n a d i a g o n a l se qu en ce to se cu re t he he at si nk and fan assembly in place. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 CPU Fan connector GND F ANPWR2 F AN_PWM CPU_F A N1 ⢠Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU_FAN1 connector. ⢠An X-pad⢠comes pre-installed under the motherboard.
2-9 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with fo ur Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) D ual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: 2.4.2 Memory conî¿gurations Y o u m a y i n s t a l l 5 1 2 M B , 1 G B , a n d 2 G B u n b u f f e r e d E C C o r n o n - E C C DDR2-533/667 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠A l w a y s i n s t a l l D I M M s w i t h t h e s a m e C A S l a t e n c y . F o r o p t i m u m compatibility, we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the sa me vendor . Refer to t he DDR2 Qu aliîÂÂed Ve ndors Lis t on the ASUS web site. ⢠Wh en i nst alli ng o ne or two DIM Ms, ins tall th e DI MM( s) t o th e b lue slots (DIMM_A1/DIMM_B1). ⢠T h r e e D D R 2 D I M M s i n t a l l e d i n t o a n y t hr e e m e m o r y s o c k e t s w i ll function in single-channel mode. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 240-pin DDR2 DIMM Sockets DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2 DIMM_A1 1 12 Pins 128 Pins
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-10 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM U np lu g t h e po w er s u pp l y b ef or e a dd i ng o r r e mo vi n g D IM Ms or ot h er system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. To install a DIMM: 1. U n l o c k a D I M M s o c k e t b y p r e s s i n g t h e r e t a i n i n g c l i p s outward. 2. A l i g n a D I M M o n t h e s o c k e t s u c h t h a t t h e n o t c h o n t h e DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Fi rm ly i nse rt t he D IM M in to t he s oc k e t u nt i l t he r e ta i n in g c l ip s snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A D D R 2 D I M M i s k e y e d w i t h a n o t c h s o t h a t i t f i t s i n o n l y o n e direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. DO NOT install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. S u p p o r t t h e D I M M l i g h t l y w i t h y ou r fi n ge rs w he n p re ss in g t he re ta in ing c li ps. T he DI MM mi gh t g e t d a m a g ed w h e n i t f l ip s o u t with extra force. Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3 DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 1
2-11 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.5 Installing a hard disk drive T h e s e r v e r s y s t e m s u p p o r t s o n e Se r ia l A TA ha rd di sk dr i ve t h ro ug h a detachable hard disk drive cage. Hard disk drive cage Y o u m a y p u r c h a s e a s e c o n d har d disk driv e cage to i nstall an additiona l HDD. Refe r to the next chapter for details. Hard disk drive installation The d etac habl e hard d isk dr ive ca ge acco mmo date s o ne Ser ial AT A h ard disk drive. To install the îÂÂrst Serial ATA hard disk drive: 1. First remove side cover. 2. T h e n , p r e s s t h e H D D c a g e l o c k w h i l e p u l l i n g t h e c a g e o u t f r o m the chassis. Place the HDD cage in a îÂÂat surface. Conî gure yo ur har d disk drive a s Mast er/Sla ve devi ce bef ore ins tallin g it to the drive cage. Refer to the HDD documentation on how to set the drive as a Master/Slave device. 3. Install the SATA HDD.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-12 2. Insert an HDD to the upper bay of the cage. Make sure that the HDD s c re w h o l es a r e a l ig n e d w it h t h e HDD cage screw holes. D O N O T i n s t a l l a h a r d d i s k drive to the lower ba y of the cage. Screw holes 1. P r e s s t h e H D D c a g e l o c k w h i l e p u l l i n g t h e c a g e o u t f r o m t h e ch as sis . Pl ac e th e HD D ca ge i n a îÂÂat surface. 4. Sec ure th e S ATA HDD wi th thre e screws as show. 5. C o n n e c t t h e S A T A s i g n a l a n d power cables. To install the second Serial ATA hard disk drive:
2-13 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3. Secure the HDD to the cage wi th tw o sc rew s on b oth s ide s of t he cage. 4. R e i n s t a l l t h e H D D c a g e t o t h e c ha ss i s. Al i gn th e HD D c a ge an d bay as semb ly rai ls, th en care full y p u s h t h e H D D c a g e u n t i l i t i s îÂÂushed to the chassis. 5. C on ne c t o ne en d of th e su pp l ie d 7 - p i n S A T A c a b l e t o t h e S A T A connector at the back of the drive. 6. Connect the other end to a SATA c o n n e c t o r o n t h e m o t h e r b o a r d . S ee pa ge 3 -6 fo r t h e l oc a ti on o f the SATA connectors. 5 6 7. Con nect a 4-pi n p ower plu g fr om t h e p o w e r s u p p l y u n i t t o t h e p ow e r c on n e ct o r a t t h e b ac k o f the drive.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-14 C o n n e c t t h e 1 5 - p i n S e r i a l A T A p o w e r p l u g t o t h e S e r i a l A T A p o w e r c o n n e c t o r a t t h e b a c k o f the drive. OR U s e e i t h e r t h e S A T A p o w e r c o n n e c t o r O R t h e l e g a c y 4 - p i n p o w e r connector. DO NOT use both to prevent damage to components and to keep the system from becoming unstable. 8. T h e f i rs t a n d s ec o n d S A TA H D D install îÂÂnished as show.
2-15 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.6 Installing 5.25-inch drives 2.6.1 Removing the front panel cover To remove the front panel cover: 1. Locate and remove two screws th at sec ure th e left s ide co ver to the chassis . Keep the screw for later use. 2. S l i gh t l y p u l l t h e c o v e r t o w a r d th e d ire ct io n of t he r ea r pa ne l u n t i l i t d i s e n g a g e s f r o m t h e chassis. Set the cover aside. 1 2 The system comes with four 5.25-inch drive bays located on the upper front p ar t o f t h e c ha s si s. A n o pt i ca l d r iv e t h a t c o m e s s t a n d a r d / o p t i o n a l w i t h t h e s y s t e m p a c k a g e o c c u p i e s t h e uppermost bay (labeled 1). The lower bays (l abeled 2, 3 , and 4 ) are availab le for additional 5.25âÂÂinch optical, zip, or îÂÂoppy disk drives. Make sure t o unplug the po wer cable befor e i nstalling or r emoving any system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard and other system components! Y o u m u st r e m o v e t h e f r on t panel cover before installing a 5.25-inch drive(s). 1 4 3 2
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-16 3. P r e s s t h e f r o n t p a n e l c o v e r h o o k i n w a r d u n t i l i t d e t a c h e s from the chassis hole. 4. O n t h e o t h e r s i d e o f t h e s y s t e m , l o c a t e t h r e e f r o n t p a n e l c o v e r h o o k s . P r e s s t h e h o o k s i n w a r d u n t i l t h e f r o n t pa nel co ver de tac hes fr om th e chassis. 5. Careful ly remove the front panel cover, then set aside. 4 5 3
2-17 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.6.2 Installing additional optical drive(s) 1. Select the drive bay you intend t o u s e . P u s h t h e k n o c k d o w n m et a l c ov e r i n a n d ou t o f t h e chassis until it is removed. 2. Carefully insert the drive to the bay, then push it inward until it is f lu sh ed to th e c ha s si s f ro nt panel. 3. Ali gn th e o ptic al dri ve an d b ay screw holes. 4. Secure the drive with two screws on both sides of the bay. Screw holes 3 4 1 1 1 ConîÂÂgure your optical drive as Master/Slave device before installing it to the drive bay. Refer to the optical drive documentation for details. To install an additional optical drive(s):
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-18 5. C o n n e c t a 4 0 - p i n I D E c a b l e (from the îÂÂrst optical drive) to the IDE connector on the drive. 6. C o n n e c t a 4 - p i n p o w e r p l u g fr om th e p ow er su pp ly u ni t t o the drive power connector. 6 5 7. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t p a n e l b a y c o v e r o p p o s i t e t h e d r i v e b a y you used by pressing the hooks inward. F o l l o w t h e s a m e p r o c e d u r e s when installing additional optical drives. 8 7 8. R e i n s t a l l t h e f r o n t p a n e l a n d side covers when done.
2-19 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.7 Installing expansion cards The system comes with two PCI slots, one PCI Express x8 (x8 link) slot, and one PCI Express x1 (x4 link) slot. Make sure to unplug the po wer supply befor e i nstalling or rem oving an expa nsion c ard(s) . Failu re to d o so m ay caus e sever e damag e to bo th the motherboard and the components. To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Lay the system on its side on a îÂÂat, stable surface. 3. Release the screw as show. 4. T h e n r e m o v e t h e h o o k m e t a l b r a c k e t u n d e r a l l s l o t s o f m e t a l bracket. 5. T h e n r e m o v e t h e m e t a l b r a c k e t op po sit e th e sl ot th at y ou i nte nd t o u s e . K e e p t h e m e t a l b r a c k e t screw for later use. 6. Al ign th e car d c onn ect or wit h the s l o t , t h e n p r e s s f i r m l y u n t i l t h e c ar d is c om p le t el y se a te d o n t h e slot.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-20 8. Finally, use the screwdriver secure t h e s c r e w t h a t y o u r e m o v e d earlier. 7. T h e n i n s t a l l t h e h o o k m e t a l b r a c k e t u n d e r a l l s l o t s o f m e t a l bracket.
2-21 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 To install a îÂÂoppy disk drive: 1. I n s e r t t h e d r i v e t o t h e b a y u n t i l i t i s fl u s h ed t o t he c h a s si s f ro n t panel. 2. Align the FDD screw hole with the drive bay lock pin. 2.8 Removing components Yo u m ay n ee d to re mo ve p re vi ous ly in st all ed sy st em c om po nen ts wh en insta lling or r emoving othe r syst em com ponents , or when repla cing a de- fective component. This section tells how to remove the following compo- nents: 1. Floppy disk drive (FDD) 2. System fan (Optional) 4. Carefully pull the FDD from the chassis. Set the FDD aside. 2. Unl ock the FD D ba y b y m oving t he d r iv e b ay l o ck t o wa r d t he direction of the front panel. 1 2 3 2.8.1 Removing the îÂÂoppy disk drive To remove the FDD: 1. Disconnect the FDD power plug and signal cable. 3. Us e t h e s cr ew dr iv e r t o r el ea se the screw. 4 3
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-22 3 4 2.8.2 Removing/Add the chassis fan (Optional) To remove the chassis fan: 1. Di sco nne ct th e cha ssi s fa n c ab le fr om th e REA R_F AN1 c onn ect or on the motherboard. 2. L o c a t e a n d r e m o v e f o u r c h a s s i s fan screws at the rear panel. Keep the screws for later use. H o l d t h e c h a s s i s f a n w i t h one hand whi le re movin g th e chassis fan screws. 2 3. Rem ove the ch assi s f an, the n se t aside. 3 3. U s e t h e s c r e w d r i v e r s e c u r e t h e screw that you removed earlier. 4. M o v e t h e d r i v e b a y l o c k t o w a r d the rear panel to secure the lock. 5. At ta ch th e FD D p owe r a nd s ig na l c a b l e s t o t h e c o n n e c t o r s a t t h e back of the drive. 3 Th e ch ass is f an is pur cha sed separately.
2-23 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.9 Connecting cables The TS1 00-E4/ PI2 chass is i nclude s th e po wer and sign al c ables tha t yo u ne ed t o co nn ect t o th e mo th erb oa rd, sto ra ge d riv es , an d ot he r de vic es that you intend to install. M o s t o f t h e c a b l e s f o r t h e c h a s s is k i t a r e a l re a d y c o n n e c t e d u p o n shipment. W hen installing s ystem devices an d c onnecting cable s, make sure th at all cables a re routed pro perly for bet ter system st ability and performance. Refer to the picture below when arranging cables. Se e âÂÂC hapt er 3: M oth erbo ard inf orm atio nâ f or det aile d in for mati on on motherboard connectors. 1. 4-pin ATX 12V power plug 2. 24-pin ATX power plug 3. Floppy disk drive ribbon cable 4. Front panel USB 2.0 cable Standard cables connected to the motherboard 5. IDE signal cable 6. Serial ATA signal cables 7. System panel cable 8. System fan cables 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-24 1. M a t c h t h e s i d e c o v e r h o o k s t o the chassis rail on the side of the chassis. 2. F i t t h e s i d e c o v e r t h e c o v e r toward the chassis until it îÂÂts. 3. Sl ide th e cov er tow ard th e fro nt until it snaps in place. 2.10 Replacing the side cover After insta lling all co mponents and re-con necting cables , repl ace th e side cover by following these instructions. 3 1 2
This chapter gives inforamtion about the motherboard that comes with the server. This chapter includes the motherboard layout, jumper settings, and connector locations. Chapter 3 Motherboard Info
3-2 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 3.1 Motherboard overview P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 24.5cm (9.6in) 24.5cm (9.6in) ATXPWR1 P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 LGA775ll CPU_FAN1 CPU_FAN2 REAR_FAN1 REAR_FAN2 FRNT_FAN2 ATX12V1 DDRV1 FM_FRNT1 USB34 USBPW34 SA T A1 SA T A2 SA T A3 SA T A4 8Mbit Flash BIOS AUX_PANEL1 HDLED1 PRI_IDE1 RECOVERY1 CLRTC1 RAID_SEL1 VGA_EN1 FM_REAR2 BPSMB1 FM_REAR1 LAN_EN2 LAN_EN1 FM_FRNT2 PANEL1 XGIZ7 Intel ICH7R PCI3 PCIE2 PCI4 PCIE1 COM2 SB_PWR1 FLOPPY1 CR2032 3 Lithium Cell CMOS Power DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) Broadcom BCM5721 Intel MCH Mukilteo 2 BUZZ1 ASMB3 KBPWR USBPW12 FM_CPU2 PSUSMB1 SUPER I/O T PM 1 FRNT_FAN1 ICS 954123BFLF PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Keyboard USB12 P ARALLEL POR T VGA1 COM1 LAN1 î FM_CPU1 LGA775
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-3 Layout contents R e a r p a n e l c o n n e c t o r s P a g e 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 3-10 2. Parallel port 3-10 3. Gigabit LAN1 (RJ-45) port 3-10 4. VGA port 3-10 5. Serial (COM1) port 3-10 6. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 3-10 7. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 3-10 S l o t s / S o c k e t s P a g e 1. CPU socket 2-5 2. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-9 3. PCI/PCI Express slots 2-18 J u m p e r s P a g e 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC1) 3-5 2. CPU fan pin selection (3-pin FM_CPU1, FM_CPU2) 3-6 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34) 3-6 4. Keyboard/Mouse power (3-pin KBPWR1) 3-7 5. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_EN1) 3-7 6. Gigabit LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN_EN1) 3-8 7. RAID controller selection (3-pin RAID_SEL1) 3-8 8. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVERY1) 3-9
3-4 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information I n t e r n a l c o n n e c t o r s P a g e 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY1) 3-11 2. ICH7R primary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE1) 3-12 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) 3-13 4. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) 3-14 5. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) 3-14 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) 3-15 7. CPU and system fan connectors (3-pin CPU_FAN1/2) 3-15 8. Backplane SMBus connector (6-1 pin BPSMB1) 3-16 9. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) 3-16 10. SSI power connectors (24-pin ATXPWR1, 8-pin ATX12V2) 3-17 11. Auxiliary panel connector (20-pin AUX_PANEL1) 3-18 12. System panel connector (20-pin PANEL1) 3-19
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-5 3.2 Jumpers 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC1) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include sys- tem setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Clear RTC RAM CLR T C1 Normal (Default) Clear RTC 1 2 2 3
3-6 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 2. CPU fan pin selection (3-pin FM_CPU1, FM_CPU2) These jumpers allow you to connect either a 3-pin or a 4-pin fan cable plug to the CPU fan connectors (CPU_FAN1, CPU_FAN2). Set these jumpers to pins 1-2 if you are using a 3-pin fan cable plug, or to pins 2-3 if you are using a 4-pin plug. 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S4 sleep mode (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system would not power up. ⢠If you are using Windows 2000, you need to install Service Pack 4 to wake up the system from S4 sleep mode. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 USB Device W ake-Up USBPW12 (Default) 5V 5VSB 2 3 1 2 (Default) 5V 5VSB 2 3 1 2 USBPW34 P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 FM CPU Setting FM_CPU2 FM_CPU1 1 2 2 3 3-pin fan 4-pin fan (Default) 2 3 2 1 3-pin fan 4-pin fan (Default)
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-7 4. Keyboard/Mouse power (3-pin KBPWR1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard/mouse wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar) or use the mouse. This feature requires an ATX power sup- ply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a correspond- ing setting in the BIOS. 5. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_EN1) These jumpers allow you to enable or disable the onboard XGI Volari Z7 î PCI VGA controller. Set to pins 1-2 to activate the VGA feature. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Keyboard Power Setting KBPWR1 (Default) 5V 5VSB 2 3 1 2 P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 VGA Setting VGA_EN1 Enable (Default) Disable 2 1 2 3
3-8 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 6. Gigabit LAN controller setting [3-pin LAN_EN1) These jumpers allow you to enable or disable the onboard Broadcom î BCM5721 Gigabit LAN1 controller. Set to pins 1-2 to activate the Gigabit LAN controller. 7. RAID controller selection (3-pin RAID_SEL1) T hi s ju m pe r a l l ow s y o u t o s e le c t th e RA I D c on î g ur a ti o n u t il i ty to u se wh e n y ou c re a te di s k a r ra y s. P la c e t h e j u m pe r c a ps o ve r p i ns 1 -2 if y ou wa n t t o u se t he LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility (default); other - wise, place the jumper caps to pins 2-3 to use the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 LAN_EN1 Setting Enable (Default) Disable LAN_EN1 2 1 2 3 P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 RAID_SEL1 Setting RAID_SEL1 LSI RAID ROM (Default) INTEL RAID ROM 2 1 2 3
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-9 8. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVERY1) This jumper allows you to quickly update or recover the BIOS when it gets corrupted. To update the BIOS: 1. Prepare a îÂÂoppy disk that contains the latest BIOS for the mothe r - board (xxxx-xxx.ROM) and the AFUDOS.EXE utility. 2. Set the jumper to pins 2-3. 3. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk then turn on the system to update the BIOS. 4. Shut down the system. 5. Set the jumper back to pins 1-2. 6. Turn on the system. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 BIOS Recovery Setting RECOVERY1 (Default) Normal BIOS recovery 2 3 2 1
3-10 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 3.3 Connectors 3.3.1 Rear panel connectors 1 5 6 4 3 7 2 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3. Gigabit LAN1 (RJ-45) port. This ports allow Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 4. VGA port. This port is for a VGA monitor or other VGA-compatible devices. 5. Serial (COM1) port. This 9-pin communication port is for pointing de- vices or other serial devices. 6. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 7. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. A C T / L I N K L E D S P E E D L E D S t a t u s D e s c r i p t i o n S t a t u s D e s c r i p t i o n OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection LAN port LED indications LAN port SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-11 3.3.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY1) This connector is for the provided Floppy Disk Drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Floppy Disk Drive Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings o n the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. FLOPPY1 PIN 1
3-12 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 2. ICH7R primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE1) Thi s co nnec tor is fo r an Ult ra D MA 10 0/66 sig nal cabl e. T he Ultr a DMA 100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must conîÂÂg - ure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accord- ingly. Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 IDE Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE1 P IN 1
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-13 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂguration using the Intel î Matrix Storage Technology or the LSI MegaRAID î utility embedded in the Intel î ICH7R Southbridge. Serial ATA hard disk drive connection C o n n e c t o r S e t t i n g U s e SATA1/SATA2 Master Boot disk SATA3/SATA4 Slave Data disk The se co nnec tor s are set IDE m ode b y de fault . In IDE m ode, you c an con nect Seri al ATA b oot/ dat a har d di sk drive s to th ese c onnec tors . If you int end t o cr eat e a S eria l A TA RA ID s et using the se conne ctor s, set t he ConîÂÂgure SATA as item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section âÂÂ4.3.4 IDE ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠Use only two Serial ATA RAID connectors for each RAID 0 or RAID 1 set. ⢠Wh en us in g the c onn ec to rs in ID E mo de, c onn ec t t he p rim ar y ( bo ot ) ha rd d is k dr iv e to t he S AT A1 o r S AT A2 co nn ect or . R ef er to t he ta bl e be lo w fo r th e re co mm en de d SATA hard disk drive connections. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 SA T A Connectors SA T A 1 GN D RS A T A _ TXP 1 RS A T A _ TXN 1 GN D RS A T A _ RXP 1 RS A T A _ RXN 1 GN D SA T A 2 GN D RS A T A _ TXP 2 RS A T A _ TXN 2 GN D RS A T A _ RXP 2 RS A T A _ RXN 2 GN D SA T A 3 GN D RS A T A _ TXP 3 RS A T A _ TXN 3 GN D RS A T A _ RXP 3 RS A T A _ RXN 3 GN D SA T A 4 GN D RS A T A _ TXP 4 RS A T A _ TXN 4 GN D RS A T A _ RXP 4 RS A T A _ RXN 4 GN D
3-14 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 4. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) This connector supplies power to the hard disk activity LED. The read or write activities of any device connected to the SCSI connectors or the SATA connectors cause this LED to light up. 5. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) This connector is for USB 2.0 ports. This USB connector complies with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 SCSI/SA T A Card Activity LED Connector HDLED1 1 ADD_IN_CARD_ACT# NC ADD_IN_CARD_ACT# NC P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 USB 2.0 Connector USB 5V USB_P4- USB_P4 GND NC USB34 USB 5V USB_P3- USB_P3 GND
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-15 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port mod- ule cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The serial port module is purchased separately. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Serial Port2 (COM2) Connector PIN 1 COM2 7. CPU and system fan connectors (3-pin CPU_FAN1, CPU_FAN2) The fan con necto rs s uppo rt c oolin g fa ns o f 35 0 mA ~ 740 mA (8.88 W max.) or a total of 2.1 A ~ 4.44 A (53.28 W max.) at 12V. Con- nect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufî - cient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard com - ponents. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 CPU Fan connectors GND F ANPWR2 GND F ANPWR2 F AN_PWM CPU_F A N2 CPU_F A N1 F AN_PWM
3-16 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 8. Backplane SMBus connector (6-1 pin BPSMB1) This connector allows you to connect SMBus (System Management Bus) devices. Devices communicate with an SMBus host and/or other SMBus devices using the SMBus interface. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 SMBus Connector BPSMB1 1 I2C_CLK GND I2C_DA TA 5V F AN_DC1 9. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) This connector is for the power supply SMB cable, if your power supply supports the SMBus function. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Power Supply SMBus Connector PSUSMB1 3.3V Remote Sense GND NC PSU_I2CDA T A PSU_I2CCLK
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-17 10. Pow er c on ne ct or s ( 24 -p in A TX PW R1 , 4-pin ATX12V2) T h e s e c o n n e c t o r s a r e f o r p o w e r s u p p l y p lu g s . T h e p o w e r su p p l y p l u g s a r e d e s i g n e d t o î t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s i n o n l y o n e o r i e n t a t i o n . F i n d t h e p r o p e r o r i e n t a t i o n a n d p u s h d o w n î r m l y u n t i l t he c o n n e c t o r s c o mp l e t e l y î t . ⢠Use of an 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0âÂÂcompliant power supply unit (PSU) that provides a minimum power of 250 W is recommended for a fullyâÂÂconîÂÂgured system. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4âÂÂpin ATX 12 V power plug; other - wise, the system will not boot up. ⢠We recommend that you use a P SU wi th a h ig he r po we r ou tp ut wh en co nî gu ri ng a s ys te m wi th m or e po we r co ns umi ng d evi ce s. Th e sys te m ma y be co me u ns ta bl e or m ay n ot bo ot up i f t he p owe r is in ad equ at e. ⢠You must install a PSU with a higher power rating if you intend to install additional devices. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 A TX Power Connectors 24-pin Power Connector A TXPWR1 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts 1 Ground A TX12V1 12V DC GND 12V DC GND
3-18 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 11. Auxiliary panel connector (20-pin AUX_PANEL1) This connector is for additional front panel features including front panel SMB, locator LED and switch, chassis intrusion, and LAN LEDs. ⢠Front panel SMB (6-1 pin FPSMB) These leads connect the front panel SMBus cable. ⢠LAN activity LED (2-pin LAN1_LED, LAN2_LED) These leads are for Gigabit LAN activity LEDs on the front panel. ⢠Chassis intrusion (2-pin CHASSIS) These leads are for the intrusion detection feature for chassis with intrusion sensor or microswitch. When you remove any chassis compo- nent, the sensor triggers and sends a high-level signal to these leads to record a chassis intrusion event. ⢠Locator LED (6-pin LOCATOR) These leads are for the locator switch and LED on the front panel. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Auxiliary Panel Connector AUX_P ANEL1 I2C_4_DA T A# LOCA TORLED1 5VSB LOCA TORLED1- LAN1_LINKACTLED LOCA TORBTN# LAN1_LINKACTLED- GND 5VSB I2C_4_CLK# GND GND LAN2_LINKACTLED- LOCA TORLED2- LAN2_LINKACTLED LOCA TORLED2 CASEOPEN PIN1 NC
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-19 12. System panel connector (20-pin PANEL1) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chas- sis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Message LED (Brown 2-pin MLED) This connector is for the message LED cable that connects to the front message LED. The message LED indicates the booting status. The LED blinks when the system is in the boot process until the oper- ating system is loaded. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠ATX power button/soft-off button (Light Green 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for sys- tem reboot without turning off the system power. The system panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 System Panel Connector P ANEL1 MLED- GND NC POWERBTN# 5V GND GND NC POWERLED HDLED NC HDLED- POWERLED- MLED NMIBTN# GND RESETBTN# SPKROUT GND
3-20 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information
This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed de- scriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. Chapter 4 BIOS Setup
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS îÂÂle fails or gets cor - rupted.) 3. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 4.1.1 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk To create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in a DOS environement: a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-3 4.1.2 AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS îÂÂle in DOS environment using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk with the updated BIOS îÂÂle. This utility also al - lows you to copy the current BIOS îÂÂle that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AFUDOS utility: The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. î ReadingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ.....îÂÂdone î WriteîÂÂtoîÂÂî¿le......îÂÂok A:\> 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudosîÂÂ/o[î¿lename] where the [îÂÂlename] is any userâÂÂassigned îÂÂlename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main îÂÂlename and three alpha - numeric characters for the extension name. ⢠Make sure that the îÂÂoppy disk is not writeâÂÂprotected and has at least 1024 KB free space to save the îÂÂle. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be same as shown. Main îÂÂlename Extension name A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudosîÂÂ/i[î¿lename] where [îÂÂlename] is the latest or the original BIOS îÂÂle on the bootable îÂÂoppy disk. Updating the BIOS î¿le To update the BIOS îÂÂle using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. A:\>afudos /iTS100-E4.ROM Write the BIOS îÂÂlename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS îÂÂlename at the DOS prompt. A:\>afudos /iTS100-E4.ROM AM I Fi rm wa re U pd at e Ut il it y - Ve rs io n 1. 19 (A SU S V2 .0 7( 03 .1 1. 24 BB )) Co pyr igh t (C) 20 02 Am eri ca n M ega tr end s, In c. All r igh ts re ser ved . î WARNING!!îÂÂDoîÂÂnotîÂÂturnîÂÂoffîÂÂpowerîÂÂduringîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂBIOS î ReadingîÂÂî¿leîÂÂ.......îÂÂdone î ReadingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î AdvanceîÂÂCheckîÂÂ...... î ErasingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î WritingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂ0x0008CC00îÂÂ(9%) 4. The utility veriîÂÂes the îÂÂle and starts updating the BIOS. Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to pre- vent system boot failure!
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-5 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iTS100-E4.ROM AM I Fi rm wa re U pd at e Ut il it y - Ve rs io n 1. 19 (A SU S V2 .0 7( 03 .1 1. 24 BB )) Co pyr igh t (C) 20 02 Am eri ca n M ega tr end s, In c. All r igh ts re ser ved . î WARNING!!îÂÂDoîÂÂnotîÂÂturnîÂÂoffîÂÂpowerîÂÂduringîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂBIOS î ReadingîÂÂî¿leîÂÂ.......îÂÂdone î ReadingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î AdvanceîÂÂCheckîÂÂ...... î ErasingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î WritingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î VerifyingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ....îÂÂdone Please restart your computer A:\> Updating the BIOS î¿le using a USB îÂÂash drive If you have not purchased a USB îÂÂoppy disk drive, you may update the BIOS îÂÂle using a USB îÂÂash drive. Format the USB îÂÂash drive to FAT16 or 32 system îÂÂle before updating the BIOS. To format the USB îÂÂash drive to a FAT32/16 system îÂÂle: 1. Insert the USB îÂÂash drive to an available USB port. 2. From the Windows desktop, click Start, then select My computer. 3. RightâÂÂclick the USB îÂÂash drive icon, then select Format from the menu. 4. From the File system îÂÂeld, select FAT32 or FAT16, then click the Start button. To update the BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Copy the original or the latest BIOS îÂÂle and the AFUDOS utility (afudos. exe) to the USB îÂÂash drive. 2. Insert the USB îÂÂash drive to an available USB port, then place the moth - erboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. Boot the system from the support CD, then select the FreeDOS com- mand prompt. 4. At the DOS prompt, replace the prompt with the USB îÂÂash disk drive letter, then type: afudosîÂÂ/i[î¿lename] 5. Follow the instructions in the previous section to update the BIOS îÂÂle.
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS îÂÂle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS îÂÂle using the motherboard sup - port CD or the îÂÂoppy disk that contains the updated BIOS îÂÂle. Recovering the BIOS from a îÂÂoppy disk To recover the BIOS from a îÂÂoppy disk: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk with the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the îÂÂoppy disk for the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle. BadîÂÂBIOSîÂÂchecksum.îÂÂStartingîÂÂBIOSîÂÂrecovery... CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂîÂÂoppy... 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. BadîÂÂBIOSîÂÂchecksum.îÂÂStartingîÂÂBIOSîÂÂrecovery... CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂîÂÂoppy... Floppy found! ReadingîÂÂî¿leîÂÂâÂÂTS100-E4.ROMâÂÂ.îÂÂCompleted. StartîÂÂîÂÂashing... When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! ⢠Prepare the motherboard support CD or the îÂÂoppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. ⢠Make sure that you rename the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk to TS100-E4.ROM.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-7 Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any îÂÂoppy disk from the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the îÂÂoppy disk for the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle. The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this mother- board. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle. BadîÂÂBIOSîÂÂchecksum.îÂÂStartingîÂÂBIOSîÂÂrecovery... CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂîÂÂoppy... Floppy not found! CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂCD-ROM... CD-ROM found! ReadingîÂÂî¿leîÂÂâÂÂTS100-E4.ROMâÂÂ.îÂÂCompleted. StartîÂÂîÂÂashing... When no îÂÂoppy disk is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle. The utility then updates the cor - rupted BIOS îÂÂle. BadîÂÂBIOSîÂÂchecksum.îÂÂStartingîÂÂBIOSîÂÂrecovery... CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂîÂÂoppy... DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process.
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.4 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. Quit all Microsoft î Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-9 3. Select the ASUS FTP site near- est you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by click- ing Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS î¿le To update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by click- ing Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to down- load. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window, then click Save. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Manag- ing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, re- conîÂÂguring your system, or prompted toâÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, reboot the system by doing any of the following procedures: ⢠Restart using the OS standard shut-down procedure. ⢠Press <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del> simultaneously. ⢠Press the reset button on the system chassis. ⢠Press the power button to turn the system off then back on. Using the power button, reset button, or the <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del> keys to force reset from a running operating system can cause damage to your data or system. We recommend to always shut-down the system properly from the operating system. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ5.8 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the Advanced Power Management (APM) conîÂÂguration Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.3 Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another. Navigation keys Sub-menu items SystemîÂÂTimeî î [11:10:19] SystemîÂÂDateî î [TueîÂÂ01/01/2002] LegacyîÂÂDisketteîÂÂAî î [Disabled] î PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î ThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î ThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î FourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] FourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î IDEîÂÂConî¿guration System Information General help Menu bar ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. UseîÂÂ[ENTER].îÂÂ[TAB],î orîÂÂ[SHIFT-TAB]îÂÂtoî selectîÂÂaîÂÂî¿eld. UseîÂÂ[ ]îÂÂorîÂÂ[-]îÂÂtoî conî¿gureîÂÂsystemîÂÂtime. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂAdvancedîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂPowerîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-13 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 Conî¿guration î¿elds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is userâÂÂconîÂÂgu - rable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not userâÂÂconîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when select - ed. To change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ5.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. 4.2.8 Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not îÂÂt on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.9 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Main menu items SystemîÂÂTimeîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[11:10:19] SystemîÂÂDateîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[TueîÂÂ01/01/2002] LegacyîÂÂDisketteîÂÂAîÂÂ[1.44M,îÂÂ3.5îÂÂin] PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂMaster:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂPrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂFourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂFourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂIDEîÂÂConî¿guration System Information BIOS SETUP UTILITY îÂÂîÂÂMainîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂAdvancedîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂPowerîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit UseîÂÂ[ENTER],îÂÂ[TAB],î orîÂÂ[SHIFT-TAB]îÂÂtoî selectîÂÂaîÂÂî¿eld. UseîÂÂ[ ]îÂÂorîÂÂ[-]îÂÂtoî conî¿gureîÂÂsystemî time. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit APMîÂÂConî¿guration PowerîÂÂManagement/APMî [Enabled] VideoîÂÂPowerîÂÂDownîÂÂModeî [Suspend] HardîÂÂDiskîÂÂPowerîÂÂDownîÂÂModeî [Suspend] SuspendîÂÂTimeîÂÂOut(Minute)î [Disabled] ThrottleîÂÂSlowîÂÂClockîÂÂRatioî [50%] PowerîÂÂButtonîÂÂFunctionî [On/Off] RestoreîÂÂonîÂÂACîÂÂPowerîÂÂLossî [PowerîÂÂOff] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂbyîÂÂPS/2îÂÂKeyboardî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂbyîÂÂPS/2îÂÂMouseî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂRingî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂPME#î [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂRTCîÂÂAlarmî [Disabled] UseîÂÂ[ENTER],îÂÂ[TAB],î orîÂÂ[SHIFT-TAB]îÂÂtoî selectîÂÂaîÂÂî¿eld. UseîÂÂ[ ]îÂÂorîÂÂ[-]îÂÂtoî conî¿gureîÂÂsystemî time. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Scroll bar Pop-up window
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [Enabled] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. SystemîÂÂTimeî î [11:10:19] SystemîÂÂDateî î [TueîÂÂ01/01/2002] LegacyîÂÂDisketteîÂÂAî î [Enabled] î PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î ThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î ThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î FourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] FourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î IDEîÂÂConî¿guration System Information Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit UseîÂÂ[ENTER].îÂÂ[TAB],î orîÂÂ[SHIFT-TAB]îÂÂtoî selectîÂÂaîÂÂî¿eld. UseîÂÂ[ ]îÂÂorîÂÂ[-]îÂÂtoî conî¿gureîÂÂsystemîÂÂtime. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂAdvancedîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂPowerîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-15 4.3.4 Primary, Third, Fourth IDE Master/Slave The BIOS automatically detects the connected IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item, then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. Primary IDE Master Device : Not Detected Typeî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Auto] LBA/LargeîÂÂModeî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Auto] Block(Multi-sectorîÂÂTransfer)Mî [Auto] PIOîÂÂModeî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Auto] DMAîÂÂModeî î [Auto] SMARTîÂÂMonitoringî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Auto] 32BitîÂÂDataîÂÂTransferî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Enabled] Select the type of device connected to the system. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not userâÂÂconîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Type [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are speciîÂÂcally conîÂÂguring a CDâÂÂROM drive. Select [ARMD] (ATAPI Removable Media De - vice) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously for- matted with LBA mode disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Con- îÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto]
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup PIO Mode [Auto] Selects the PIO mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWD - MA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA4] [UDMA5] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. ConîÂÂgura - tion options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Conî¿gure SATA As [Standard IDE] Sets the conîÂÂguration for the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge chip. If you want to use the Serial ATA hard disk drives as Parallel ATA physical storage devices, set this item to [Standard IDE]. Onboard IDE Oper ate Mode [Enhanced Mode] 4.3.5 IDE Conî¿guration The items in this menu allow you to set or change the conîÂÂgurations for the IDE devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you wish to conîÂÂgure the item. IDEîÂÂConî¿guration Conî¿gureîÂÂSATAîÂÂasî [StandardîÂÂIDE] OnboardîÂÂIDEîÂÂOperateîÂÂModeî î [EnhancedîÂÂMode] î EnhancedîÂÂModeîÂÂSupportîÂÂOnî [S-ATA] IDEîÂÂDetectîÂÂTimeîÂÂOutîÂÂ(Sec)îÂÂî [35] SetîÂÂ[CompatibleîÂÂMode]î when Legacy OS (i.e. WINîÂÂME,îÂÂ98,îÂÂNT4.0,îÂÂMSî DOS)is used. SetîÂÂ[EnhancedîÂÂMode]î when Native OS (i.e. WIN2000, WIN XP) is used. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-17 Allows selection of the onboard IDE operation mode depending on the installed operating system (OS). Set to [Enhanced] if you are using native OS, e.g. Windowsî 2000/XP. Set to [Compatible] if you are using legacy OS, e.g. Windows ME/98/NT, MSâÂÂDOS. ConîÂÂguration op - tions: [Disabled] [Compatible] [Enhanced] Set ConîÂÂgure SATA As to [RAID], if you want to create a RAID 0 or RAID1, conîÂÂgurations using the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager or if you want to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations using the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility. OnBoard Serial- A T A BOOTROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial ATA features that enhance storage performance on random workloads by allow- ing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. If you want the Serial ATA hard disk drives to use the Advanced Host Con- troller Interface (AHCI), set this item to [AHCI]. For details on AHCI, go to: www.intel.com/support/chipsets/imst/sb/CS-012304.htm www.intel.com/support/chipsets/imst/sb/CS-012305.htm The SATA controller is set to Native mode when this item is set to [RAID] or [AHCI]. ALPE and ASP [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Aggressive Link Power Manage- ment and Aggressive Slumber/Partial Enabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] StaggerîÂÂSpinupîÂÂSupportîÂÂ[Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Stagger Spinup support function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AHCI P ort 3 Interlock Switch [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable AHCI Port 3 Interlock Switch. ConîÂÂgu - ration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set the item ConîÂÂgure SATA as to [RAID] if you want to use or conîÂÂg- ure the SATA connectors under SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9.0 SP1 operating system environment. Due to the OS limitation, you must set a SATA RAID to use any SATA device (at least two SATA devices are needed for the RAID conîÂÂguration). Refer to Chapter 5 and Chapter 6 for details on how to set a SATA RAID.
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.6 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system speciîÂÂcations. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Displays the autoâÂÂdetected CPU speciîÂÂcation. System Memory Displays the auto-detected total system memory. AMIBIOS Version : 0115 BuildîÂÂDateî :î 08/14/06 Processor Typeî :î GenuineîÂÂIntel(R)îÂÂCPUîÂÂ2.80GHz Speedî :î 2800îÂÂMHz Count : 2 System Memory UsableîÂÂSizeî :î 1024MB Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-19 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit Conî¿gureîÂÂtheîÂÂMulti- ProcessorîÂÂTable. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced PowerîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced EnablesîÂÂUSBîÂÂhostî contoller. USBîÂÂConî¿guration Module Version - 2.24.0-10.4 USBîÂÂDevicesîÂÂEnabled:î None USBîÂÂFunctionî [4îÂÂUSBîÂÂPorts] LegacyîÂÂUSBîÂÂSupportî [Enabled] USB2.0îÂÂControllerî [Enabled] USB2.0îÂÂControllerîÂÂmodeî [HiSpeed] BIOSîÂÂEHCIîÂÂHand-Offî [Enabled] 4.4.1 USB Conî¿guration USB Function [4 USB Ports] Allows you to enable a speciîÂÂc number of USB ports, or disable the USB function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [2 USB Ports] [4 USB Ports] î USBîÂÂConî¿gurationî î MPSîÂÂConî¿guration î RemoteîÂÂAccessîÂÂConî¿guration î TrustedîÂÂConî¿guration î CPUîÂÂConî¿guration Chipset î OnboardîÂÂDevicedîÂÂConî¿guration PCIPnP
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Select MPS Revision. MPSîÂÂConî¿guration MPSîÂÂRevisionî [1.4] 4.4.2 MPS Conî¿guration MPS Revision [1.4] Allows you to select the multi-processor system version. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.1] [1.4] When USB Function set to 2 USB Ports or 4 USB Ports, the following items appear. LegacyîÂÂUSBîÂÂSupportîÂÂ[Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB. The AUTO option disables legacy support if there is no USB device connected. ConîÂÂguration options: [AUTO] [2 USB Ports] [4 USB Ports] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] USB2.0 Controller mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to select the USB2.0 controller mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [HiSpeed] [FullSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Allows yout to enable or disable the BIOS EHCI Hand-Off support func- tion. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-21 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Select Remote Access type. Conî¿gureîÂÂRemoteîÂÂAccessîÂÂtypeîÂÂandîÂÂparameters RemoteîÂÂAccessî [Enabled] SerialîÂÂportîÂÂnumberî [COM1] î BaseîÂÂAddress,îÂÂIRQî [3F8h,4] SerialîÂÂPortîÂÂModeî [115200îÂÂ8,îÂÂn,1] FlowîÂÂControlî [None] RedirectionîÂÂAfterîÂÂBIOSîÂÂPOSTî [Always] TerminalîÂÂTypeî [ANSI] VT-UTF8îÂÂComboîÂÂKeyîÂÂSupportî [Enabled] MediaîÂÂTypeî [Serial] 4.4.3 Remote Access Conî¿guration Remote Access [Disabled] Enables or disables the remote access feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when the Remote Access item is set to [Enabled]. The items in this menu allows you to conîÂÂgure the Remote Access fea - tures. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Serial port number [COM1] Allows you to select a serial port for console redirection. ConîÂÂguration op - tions: [COM1] [COM2] Serial Port Mode [115200 8, n,1] Allows you to select a serial port mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [115200 8,n,1] [57600 8,n,1] [38400 8,n,1] [19200 8,n,1] [09600 8,n,1] Flow Control [None] Allows you to set the îÂÂow control for console redirection. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Hardware] [Software] Redirection After BIOS POST [Always] Sets the redirection mode after the BIOS Power-On Self-Test (POST). Some operating systems may not work when this item is set to Always. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Boot Loader] [Always]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Trusted Computing 4.4.4 Trusted Computing Use this option to conîÂÂgure settings related to trusted computing innova - tions. Terminal Type [ANSI] Allows you to select the target terminal type. ConîÂÂguration options: [ANSI] [VT100] [VT-UTF8] VT-UTF8 Combo Key Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable VT-UTF8 Combination Key Support for ANSI/VT100 terminals. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Media Type [Serial] Allows you to select the media for console redirection. ConîÂÂguration op - tions: [Serial] [LAN] [Serial LAN] You need to install ASUS TPM card to make this feature function.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-23 4.4.5 CPU Conî¿guration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit Sets the ratio betweenîÂÂCPUîÂÂCoreî ClockîÂÂandîÂÂtheîÂÂFSBî Frequency. NOTE: If an invalid ratio is set in CMOS then actual and setpoint values may differ. Conî¿gureîÂÂAdvancedîÂÂCPUîÂÂsettings Manufacturer: Intel BrandîÂÂString:îÂÂGenuineîÂÂIntel(R)îÂÂCPUîÂÂ2.80GHz FrequencyîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ2800îÂÂMHz FSBîÂÂSpeedîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ800îÂÂMHz CacheîÂÂL1îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ32îÂÂKB CacheîÂÂL2îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ2048îÂÂKB CacheîÂÂL3îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ0îÂÂKB RatioîÂÂStatus:îÂÂUnlockedîÂÂ(Max:14,îÂÂMin:14) Ratio Actual Value: 14 MaxîÂÂCPUIDîÂÂValueîÂÂLimitî î [Disabled] ExecuteîÂÂDisabledîÂÂFunctionîÂÂî [Disabled] EnhanceîÂÂC1îÂÂControlî î [Auto] VirtualizationîÂÂTechnologyîÂÂî [Enabled] CPUîÂÂInternalîÂÂThermalîÂÂControlî [Auto] IntelîÂÂSpeedstepîÂÂtechî î [Automatic] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Setting this item to [Enabled] allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disabled Function [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Execute Disabled function. ConîÂÂgura - tion options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Allows you to disable or set to Auto the Enhanced C1 Control. ConîÂÂgura - tion options: [Auto] [Disabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Virtualization Technology feature. Con - îÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] Allows you to set CPU internal thermal control. if set to Auto, BIOS auto- matically check CPUâÂÂs capability to enable TM or TM2 support. In TM mode, CPU power consumption is reduced; in TM2 mode, CPU core ratio and VID is reduced. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Intel Speedstep tech [Automatic] CPU speed controlled by Operating system. Disabled: Default CPU speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Automatic] [Disabled]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup DRAM Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR operating frequency. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [533 MHz] [667 MHz] Conî¿gure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] When this item is enabled, the DRAM timing parameters are set according to the DRAM SPD (Serial Presence Detect). When disabled, you can manu- ally set the DRAM timing parameters through the DRAM sub-items. The fol- lowing subâÂÂitems appear when this item is disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] DRAMîÂÂCAS#îÂÂLatencyîÂÂ[5îÂÂClocks] Controls the latency between the SDRAM read command and the time the data actually becomes available. ConîÂÂguration options: [5 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [3 Clocks] [6 Clocks] DRAMîÂÂRAS#îÂÂPrechargeîÂÂ[4îÂÂClocks] Controls idle clocks after issuing a precharge command to the DDR SDRAM. ConîÂÂguration options: [2 Clocks] [3 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [5 Clocks] DRAMîÂÂRAS#îÂÂtoîÂÂCAS#îÂÂDela yîÂÂ[4îÂÂClocks] Controls the latency between the DDR SDRAM active command and the read/write command. ConîÂÂguration options: [2 Clocks] [3 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [5 Clocks] DRAMîÂÂRAS#îÂÂActiv ateîÂÂtoîÂÂPrechargeîÂÂDelayîÂÂ[15îÂÂDRAMîÂÂClocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [1 Clocks] [2 Clocks] ~ [15 Clocks] 4.4.6 Chipset The Chipset ConîÂÂguration menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Manual DRAM Frequency SettingîÂÂorîÂÂAutoîÂÂbyîÂÂSPD Advanced Chipset Settings DRAMîÂÂFrequencyî [Auto] Conî¿gureîÂÂDRAMîÂÂTimingîÂÂbyîÂÂSPDî [Enabled] OnboardîÂÂLANîÂÂBootîÂÂROMî [Enabled] PEGîÂÂPortîÂÂConî¿gurationî PEGîÂÂPortî [Enabled] î PEGîÂÂPortîÂÂVC1îÂÂMapî [TC7] î PEGîÂÂForceîÂÂx1î [Disabled] MemoryîÂÂRemapîÂÂFeatureî [Enabled]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-25 Disable this item if you are using RedHat Linux Advanced Server 3.0 UP5/UP6 operating system. DRAMîÂÂW riteîÂÂReco veryîÂÂTimeîÂÂ[4îÂÂClocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [2 Clocks] [3 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [5 Clocks] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the option ROM in the onboard LAN control- ler. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The PEG Force x1 item appear only when the PEG Port item is set to [Enabled]. PEG Port VC1 Map [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [TC1] ~ [TC7] PEG Force x1 [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Memory Remap Feature [Enabled] Allows you to remap the overlap PCI memory over the total physical memory. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] If Onboard LAN Boot ROM item set to [Disabled], The system also unde- tected the LAN device while add PCI LAN card. PEG Port Conî¿guration PEG P ort [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Express Graphic port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced ENABLE: Allow remapping of overlapped PCI memory aboveîÂÂtheîÂÂtotalî physical memory. DISABLE: Do not allow remapping of memory. Conî¿gureîÂÂWin83627EHG-AîÂÂSuperîÂÂIOîÂÂChipset SerialîÂÂPort1îÂÂAddressî [3F8/IRQ4] SerialîÂÂPort2îÂÂAddressî [2F8/IRQ3] î SerialîÂÂPort2îÂÂModeî [Normal] ParallelîÂÂPortîÂÂAddressî [378] ParallelîÂÂPortîÂÂModeî [ECP] îÂÂîÂÂECPîÂÂModeîÂÂDMAîÂÂChannelî [DMA3] îÂÂParallelîÂÂPortîÂÂIRQî [IRQ7] 4.4.7 Onboard Devices Conî¿guration The Onboard Devices ConîÂÂguration menu allows you to change the onboard devices settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub- menu. Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Serial Port2 Address [2F8/IRQ3] Allows you to select the Serial Port2 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Serial P ort2 Mode [Normal] Allows you to select the Serial Port2 mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [IrDA] [ASK IR] Parallel Port Address [378] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [378] [278] [3BC] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [BiâÂÂdirectional] [ECP] [EPP] EPP Version [1.9] Allows selection of the Parallel Port EPP version. This item appears when the Parallel Port Mode is set to [EPP] or [ECP & EPP]. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.9] [1.7] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Appears when the Parallel Port Mode is set to [ECP] or [ECP & EPP]. This item allows you to set the Parallel Port ECP DMA. ConîÂÂguration options: [DMA0] [DMA1] [DMA3] P arallel P ort IRQ [IRQ7] Sets the Parallel port IRQ. ConîÂÂguration options: [IRQ5] [IRQ7]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-27 4.4.8 PCI PnP The PCI PnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the PCI PnP menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂgu - ration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. ConîÂÂguration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card re- quests for an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the pallete snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device], the speciîÂÂc IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP de - vices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING:îÂÂSettingîÂÂwrongîÂÂvaluesîÂÂinîÂÂbelowîÂÂsectionsîÂÂmayîÂÂî cause system to malfunction. PlugîÂÂAndîÂÂPlayîÂÂO/Sî î [No] PCIîÂÂLatencyîÂÂTimerî î [64] AllocateîÂÂIRQîÂÂtoîÂÂPCIîÂÂVGAî î [Yes] PaletteîÂÂSnoopingî î [Disabled] IRQ-3îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-4îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-5îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-7îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-9îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-10îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-11îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-14îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-15îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] NO : Le ts t he B IO S co nî¿ gu eî al lî th eî de vi ce s in t he s ys te m. YE S: L et s th e op er at in g sy st em co nî¿ gu re îÂÂP lu gî and îÂÂP la yî (P nP ) de vi ce s no t re qu ir ed îÂÂf or îÂÂb oot îÂÂi fî yo ur s ys te m ha s a Pl ug an d Pl ay o pe ra ti ng sy st em .
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5 Power Conî¿guration The Power ConîÂÂguration menu items allow you to change the settings for the ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power In - terface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPIîÂÂAPICîÂÂSupportî î [Enabled] î APMîÂÂConî¿guration Hardware Monitor Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit Include ACPI APIC tableîÂÂpointerîÂÂtoîÂÂRSDTî pointer list. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power Options Power Off Power On Last State APMîÂÂConî¿guration RestoreîÂÂonîÂÂACîÂÂPowerîÂÂLossî [LastîÂÂState] ResumeîÂÂOnîÂÂByîÂÂRTCîÂÂAlarmî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂByîÂÂPS/2îÂÂKeyboardî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂByîÂÂPS/2îÂÂMouseî [Disabled] ResumeîÂÂOnîÂÂRingî [Disabled] ResumeîÂÂOnîÂÂLANî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂByîÂÂPCIîÂÂDevicesî [Disabled] î KeyboardîÂÂWakeupîÂÂPasswordîÂÂ:î NotîÂÂInstalled 4.5.1 APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, what- ever the system state was before the AC power loss. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-29 Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to use speciîÂÂc keys on the keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system enables the RI to generate a wake event while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power on By PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or Modem card. This Feature requires an ATX power sup- ply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when the Resume On By RTC Alarm item is set to Enabled. R TCîÂÂAlarmîÂÂDateîÂÂ(Da ys)îÂÂ[15] To set the alarm date, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. ConîÂÂguration options: [Everyday] [1] [2] [3]...[31] SystemîÂÂTimeîÂÂ[12:30:30]î To set the alarm time, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Resume On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to [Enabled], the items RTC Alarm Date, RTC Alarm Hour, RTC Alarm Minute, and RTC Alarm Second appear with set values. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.2 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor CPUîÂÂTemperatureî [49úC/120úF] îÂÂMB1îÂÂTemperatureî [47úC/114úF] îÂÂMB2îÂÂTemperatureî [47úC/114úF] CPUîÂÂFan1îÂÂSpeedî [3884RPM] CPUîÂÂFan2îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] FrontîÂÂFan1îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] FrontîÂÂFan2îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] RearîÂÂFan1îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] RearîÂÂFan2îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] SmartîÂÂFanîÂÂControlî [SmartîÂÂFan] VCOREîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ1.320V] 3.3VîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ3.345V] 5VîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ5.094V] Use the arrow down key to display additional items. 5VSBîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ4.980V] VBATîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ3.120V] 12VîÂÂVoltageî [12.053V] CPU1 Temperature CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB1 Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Front Fan1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Rear Fan1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU, front, and rear fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows N/A. Smart Fan Control [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Smart Fan feature that smartly adjusts the fan speeds for more efîÂÂcient system operation. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Temperature and MB Temperature items appear when you set the Smar t Fan Con trol i tem to [E nable d].
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-31 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Boot Settings Boot Device Priority î HardîÂÂDiskîÂÂDrives î BootîÂÂSettingsîÂÂConî¿guration Security Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit Speciî¿esîÂÂtheîÂÂBootî Device Priority sequence. AîÂÂvirtualîÂÂîÂÂoppyîÂÂdiskî drive (Floppy Drive B:) may appear when you set the CD-ROM driveîÂÂasîÂÂtheîÂÂî¿rstîÂÂbootî device. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit VCORE1 Voltage, VCORE2 Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Volt- age, 5VSB Voltage, VBAT Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage outputs through the onboard voltage regulators.
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Device Priority 1stîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [RemovableîÂÂdev.] 2ndîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [ATAPIîÂÂCD-ROM] 3rdîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [RAIDîÂÂLSIîÂÂLogicîÂÂMB] 4thîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [Network:îÂÂMBAîÂÂV8.3.9] 5thîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [Network:îÂÂMBAîÂÂV8.3.9] 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY Drive] 2nd Boot Device [Network: MBA v7.7.5] 3rd Boot Device [Network: MBA v7.7.5] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] 4.6.2 Hard Disk Drives 1st ~ xxth Drive [ HDD: XXXXXXXX Drive ] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available hard disk drives. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] Boot Device Priority 1stîÂÂDriveî î [HDD:îÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂDrive] 2ndîÂÂDriveî î [HDD:îÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂDrive] Speciî¿esîÂÂtheîÂÂBootî Device Priority sequence from availableîÂÂHardî Drives.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-33 4.6.3 Boot Settings Conî¿guration Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot AllowsîÂÂBIOSîÂÂtoîÂÂskipî certain tests while booting.îÂÂThisîÂÂwillî decrease the time neededîÂÂtoîÂÂbootîÂÂtheî system. BootîÂÂSettingsîÂÂConî¿guration QuickîÂÂBootîÂÂî î [Enabled] FullîÂÂScreenîÂÂLogoî î [Enabled] AddOnîÂÂROMîÂÂDisplayîÂÂModeî î [ForceîÂÂBIOS] BootupîÂÂNum-Lockî î [On] PS/2îÂÂMouseîÂÂSupportî î [Auto] WaitîÂÂForîÂÂâÂÂF1âÂÂîÂÂIfîÂÂErrorî î [Enabled] HitîÂÂâÂÂDELâÂÂîÂÂMessageîÂÂDisplayîÂÂî [Enabled] InterruptîÂÂ19îÂÂCaptureî î [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂgu - ration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Allows you to set display mode for optional ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature.
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Inter- rupt 19. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.6.4 Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disableîÂÂpassword. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this item shows Installed. To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Sel ect the Cha nge Supe rvis or Pa sswo rd it em, then pres s <E nter >. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six let - ters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. ConîÂÂrm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-35 If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for infor- mation on how to erase the RTC RAM. To c le ar t he s up er vi so r pa ss wo rd , se le ct t he Ch an ge S up er vis or P as sw or d t he n pr es s <E nt er >. T he me ss ag e âÂÂP as sw ord U ni ns ta ll ed â app ea rs . After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disableîÂÂpassword. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password UserîÂÂAccessîÂÂLevelî î [FullîÂÂAccess] Change User Password Clear User Password PasswordîÂÂCheckî î [Setup] User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. ConîÂÂguration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility. View Only allows access but does not allow change to any îÂÂeld. Limited allows changes only to selected îÂÂelds, such as Date and Time. Full Access allows viewing and changing all the îÂÂelds in the Setup util- ity. Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this item shows Installed. To set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>.
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. ConîÂÂrm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully. To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [Always]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-37 4.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit ExitîÂÂsystemîÂÂsetupî after saving the changes. F10îÂÂkeyîÂÂcanîÂÂbeîÂÂusedî for this operation. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit ExitîÂÂOptions ExitîÂÂ&îÂÂSaveîÂÂChanges ExitîÂÂ&îÂÂDiscardîÂÂChanges Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults If you made changes to any of the settings in the menus, pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. A conîÂÂrmation window appears and prompts you to either save your changes or cancel the command. Select one of the options from this menu to exit. Exit & Save Changes Select this option then press <Enter>, or simply press <F10>, to save your changes to CMOS before exiting the Setup utility. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears, select [OK] then press <Enter> to save your changes and exit Setup. If you wish to cancel the command, select [Cancel] then press <Enter> to return to the Exit menu. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option then press <Enter> to exit the Setup utility without sav- ing your changes. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears, select [OK] then press <Enter> to discard your changes and exit Setup. If you wish to cancel the command, select [Cancel] then press <Enter> to return to the Exit menu. Discard Changes Select this option then press <Enter> to discard the changes that you made, and restore the previously saved settings.
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup When a conîÂÂrmation window appears, select [OK] then press <Enter> to discard the changes, and load the previously saved settings. If you wish to cancel the command, select [Cancel] then press <Enter> to return to the Exit menu. Load Setup Defaults Select this option then press <Enter> to load the optimized settings for each of the Setup menu items. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears, select [OK] then press <Enter> to load the default settings. If you wish to cancel the command, select [Can- cel] then press <Enter> to return to the Exit menu.
This chapter provides instructions for setting up, creating and conîÂÂguring RAID sets using the available utilities. Chapter 5 RAID Conî¿guration
5-2 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.1 RAID conî¿gurations The server system/motherboard comes with the Intel î ICH7R and the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID technology built-in the Intel î ICH7R SouthBridge chipset that allows you to conîÂÂgure IDE and Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID conîÂÂgurations: 5.1.1 RAID deî¿nitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a com- plete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. Intel î Matrix Storage. The Intel î Matrix Storage technology supported by the ICH7R chip allows you to create a RAID 0 and a RAID 1 set using only two identical hard disk drives. The Intel î Matrix Storage technology creates two partitions on each hard disk drive to create a virtual RAID 0 and RAID 1 sets. This technology also allows you to change the hard disk drive partition size without losing any data. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a cre- ated RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support CD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ6.1 RAID driver installationâ for details.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-3 5.1.2 Installing Serial ATA hard disks The motherboard supports Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal perfor- mance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. 5.1.3 Setting the RAID item in BIOS You must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s). To do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST. 2. Go t o th e Ma in M en u, s el ect I DE C on îÂÂg ur ati on , th en p res s <E nt er >. 3. Select the item Co nî gu re S AT A As , then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4. Select RA ID from the ConîÂÂgure SATA As item options, then press <En - ter>. 5. Select the item On bo ar d Se ri al -A TA B OO TR OM , press <Enter>, then select En ab le d from the options. 6. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. 5.1.4 RAID conî¿guration utility Depending on the RAID_SEL1 jumper setting and the operating system, you can select a utility to create a RAID set. Refer to section âÂÂ3.2 Jumpersâ for details on the RAID_SEL1 jumper settings. Use the Intelî Matrix Storage Manager to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set under Windowsî 2000/2003 Server/XP operating system. Use the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 under Windowsî 2000/2003 Server or Red Hatî Enterprise ver. 3.0 operating system. Refer to the succeeding sections for details on how to use the RAID conîÂÂgu - ration utilities. Refer to Chapter 4 for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup.
5-4 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.2 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 from Serial ATA hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge. To enter the Intel î Application Accelerator RAID Option ROM utility: 1. Install all the Serial ATA hard disk drives. 2. Turn on the system. 3. During POST, press <Ctrl> <I> to display the utility main menu. Intel(R)îÂÂMatrixîÂÂStorageîÂÂManagerîÂÂOptionîÂÂROMîÂÂv5.0.0.1032îÂÂICH7RîÂÂwRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume î î 3.îÂÂResetîÂÂDisksîÂÂtoîÂÂNon-RAID î î 4.îÂÂExit [ DISK/VOLUMEîÂÂINFORMATIONî ] RAID Volumes: NoneîÂÂdeî¿ned. PhysicalîÂÂDisks: PortîÂÂDriveîÂÂModelîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSerialîÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSizeîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂType/Status(VolîÂÂID) 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAIDîÂÂDisk 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAIDîÂÂDisk 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAIDîÂÂDisk 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAIDîÂÂDisk [ âÂÂâ ]-Selectî îÂÂîÂÂ[ESC]-ExitîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[ENTER]-SelectîÂÂMenu The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-5 5.2.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) To create a RAID 0 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 0(Stripe), then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to conîÂÂgure as RAID. This SELECT DISKS screen appears. Intel(R)îÂÂMatrixîÂÂStorageîÂÂManagerîÂÂOptionîÂÂROMîÂÂv5.0.0.1032îÂÂICH7RîÂÂwRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUMEîÂÂINFORMATIONî ] EnterîÂÂaîÂÂstringîÂÂbetweenîÂÂ1îÂÂandîÂÂ16îÂÂcharactersîÂÂinîÂÂlengthîÂÂthatîÂÂcanîÂÂbeîÂÂused to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ âÂÂâ ]-ChangeîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[TAB]-NextîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[ESC]-PreviousîÂÂMenuîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: StripîÂÂSize: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) SelectîÂÂDisks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ SELECTîÂÂDISKSî ] [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/NextîÂÂîÂÂ[SPACE]-SelectsîÂÂîÂÂ[ENTER]-SelectionîÂÂComplete PortîÂÂDriveîÂÂModelîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSerialîÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSizeîÂÂStatus îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ0îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂNon-RAIDîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ1îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂNon-RAIDîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ2îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂNon-RAIDîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ3îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂNon-RAIDîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSelectîÂÂ2îÂÂtoîÂÂ4îÂÂdisksîÂÂtoîÂÂuseîÂÂinîÂÂcreatingîÂÂtheîÂÂvolume. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection.
5-6 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array, then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 128 KB. WARNING:îÂÂALLîÂÂDATAîÂÂONîÂÂSELECTEDîÂÂDISKSîÂÂWILLîÂÂBEîÂÂLOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu. TIP : We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 8. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-7 5.2.2 Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) To create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 1(Mirror), then press <Enter>. 4 When the Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to conîÂÂgure as RAID. The SELECT DISKS screen appears. 5 Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. 6. When the Capacity item is highlighted, key in the RAID volume capac- ity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 7. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. Intel(R)îÂÂMatrixîÂÂStorageîÂÂManagerîÂÂOptionîÂÂROMîÂÂv5.0.0.1032îÂÂICH7RîÂÂwRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUMEîÂÂINFORMATIONî ] EnterîÂÂaîÂÂstringîÂÂbetweenîÂÂ1îÂÂandîÂÂ16îÂÂcharactersîÂÂinîÂÂlengthîÂÂthatîÂÂcanîÂÂbeîÂÂused to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ âÂÂâ ]-ChangeîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[TAB]-NextîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[ESC]-PreviousîÂÂMenuîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: StripîÂÂSize: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) SelectîÂÂDisks N/A XX.X GB Create Volume WARNING:îÂÂALLîÂÂDATAîÂÂONîÂÂSELECTEDîÂÂDISKSîÂÂWILLîÂÂBEîÂÂLOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 8. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to main menu or <N> to go back to Create Volume menu.
5-8 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.2.3 Deleting a RAID set 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, then press <Del>. This window appears. Intel(R)îÂÂMatrixîÂÂStorageîÂÂManagerîÂÂOptionîÂÂROMîÂÂv5.0.0.1032îÂÂICH7RîÂÂwRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] Nameî Levelî Drivesî Capacityî Statusî Bootable Volume0î RAIDX(xxxxx)î Xî îÂÂXXX.XGBî Normalî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂYesî [ HELP ] Deleting a volume will destroy the volume data on the drive(s) and causeîÂÂanyîÂÂmemberîÂÂdisksîÂÂtoîÂÂbecomeîÂÂavailableîÂÂasîÂÂnon-RAIDîÂÂdisks. WARNING: EXISTING DATA WITHIN THIS VOLUME WILL BE LOST AND NON-RECOVERABLE. [ âÂÂâ ]-SelectîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[<ESC>]-PreviousîÂÂMenuîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[<Del>]-DeleteîÂÂVolume 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu; otherwise, press <N> to return to the Delete Volume menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! AreîÂÂyouîÂÂsureîÂÂyouîÂÂwantîÂÂtoîÂÂdeleteîÂÂvolumeîÂÂâÂÂVolumeXâÂÂ?îÂÂ(Y/N): [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ] Take caution when deleting a RAID set. You will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. To delete a RAID set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID Volume, then press <Enter> to display this screen.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-9 5.2.5 Exiting the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager utility To exit the utility: 1. From the utility main menu, select 4. Exit, then press <Enter>. This window appears. AreîÂÂyouîÂÂsureîÂÂyouîÂÂwantîÂÂtoîÂÂexit?îÂÂ(Y/N): [ CONFIRM EXIT ] 2. Press <Y> to exit or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5.2.4 Resetting Disks to Non-RAID 2. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A conîÂÂrmation message ap - pears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5. Follow steps 2 to 4 to select and reset other RAID set drives. [ RESET RAID DATA ] Resetting RAID data will remove internal RAID structures î fromîÂÂtheîÂÂselectedîÂÂRAIDîÂÂdisks.îÂÂByîÂÂremovingîÂÂtheseîÂÂstructures, î theîÂÂdriveîÂÂwillîÂÂrevertîÂÂbackîÂÂtoîÂÂaîÂÂnon-RAIDîÂÂdisk. WARNING:îÂÂResettingîÂÂaîÂÂdiskîÂÂcausesîÂÂallîÂÂdataîÂÂonîÂÂtheîÂÂdiskîÂÂtoîÂÂbeîÂÂlost. PortîÂÂDriveîÂÂModelîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSerialîÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSizeîÂÂStatus îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ0îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂMemberîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ1îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂMemberîÂÂDisk SelectîÂÂtheîÂÂdisksîÂÂthatîÂÂshouldîÂÂbeîÂÂreset. [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/NextîÂÂîÂÂ[SPACE]-SelectsîÂÂîÂÂ[ENTER]-SelectionîÂÂComplete Tak e cau tion be fore you res et a RAID vo lume HDD to non-R AID. Re setti ng a R AID v olum e H DD de lete s a ll in tern al RAID stru ctu re on the dr ive. To reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID, then press <Enter> to display this screen.
5-10 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.2.6 Rebuilding the RAID This option is only for the RAID 1, RAID 5 and RAID 10 sets. Rebuilding the RAID with other non-RAID disk If any of the SATA hard disk drives included in the RAID array failed, the sys- tem displays the status of the RAID volume as âÂÂDegradedâ during POST. You can rebuild the RAID array with other installed non-RAID disks. To rebuild the RAID with other non-RAID disk: 1. At the prompt, press <Ctrl> <I> to enter the Intel Matrix Storage Manager RAID conîÂÂguration. 2. If there is a non-RAID SATA Hard Disk available, the utility will prompt to rebuild the RAID. Press <Enter>, then use up/down arrow keys to select the destination disk or press <ESC> to exit. Select a destination disk with the same size as the original hard disk. 3. The utilty immediately starts rebuilding after the disk is selected. The status of the degraded RAID volume is changed to âÂÂRebuildâÂÂ. DEGRADED VOLUME DETECTED âÂÂDegradedâ volume and disk available for rebuilding detected. Selecting a disk initiates a rebuild. Rebuild completes in the operating system. Select the port of destination disk for rebuilding (ESC to exit): Port Drive Model Serial# Size 3HDS722580VLSA80 VN6Bxxxx 76.7GB [ ]- Previous/Next [Enter]- Selects [ESC]- Exit
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-11 4. Exit the RAID conîÂÂguration utility and reboot the system. 5. Select Start > Programs > Intel Matrix Storage > Intel Matrix Storage Console or click the Intel Matrix Storage Manager tray icon to load the Intel Matrix Stroage Manager utility. 6. From the View menu, select Advanced Mode to display the details of the Intel Matrix Storage Console. 7. From the Volumes view option, select RAID volume to view the rebuild- ing status. When îÂÂnished, the status is changed to âÂÂNormalâÂÂ. Rebuilding the RAID with a new hard disk If any of the SATA hard disk drives included in the RAID array failed, the system displays the status of the RAID volume as âÂÂDegradedâ during POST. You may replace the disk drive and rebuild the RAID array. To rebuild the RAID with a new hard disk: 1. Remove the failed SATA hard disk and install a new SATA hard disk of the same speciîÂÂcation into the same SATA Port. 5.2.7 Setting the Boot array in the BIOS Setup Utility You can set the boot priority sequence in the BIOS for your RAID arrays when creating multi-RAID using the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager. 2. Reboot the system and then follow the steps in section âÂÂRebuilding the RAID with other non-RAID diskâ on page 5-12. Select a destination disk with the same size as the original hard disk. To set the boot array in the BIOS: 1. Reboot the system and press <Del> to enter the BIOS setup utility dur - ing POST. 2. Go to the Boot menu and select the option Boot Device Priority. 3. Use up/down arrow keys to select the boot priority and press <Enter>. Refer to âÂÂ4.6.1 Boot Device Priorityâ for details. 4. From the Exit menu, select Exit & Save Changes, then press <Enter>. 5. When the conîÂÂrmation window appears, select OK, then press <En- ter>. Set at least one of the arrays bootable to boot from the hard disk.
5-12 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.3 LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Set- up Utility The LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility allows you to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 set(s) from SATA hard disk drives connected to the SATA connec- tors supported by the motherboard Southbridge chip. You may also create a RAID set(s) in a Windows î operating environment using the Global Array Manager (GAM) application. Refer to the GAM user guide in the motherboard support CD for details. To enter the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility: 1. Turn on the system after installing all the SATA hard disk drives. 2. During POST, the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility auto - matically detects the installed SATA hard disk drives and displays any existing RAID set(s). Press <Ctrl> <M> to enter the utility. The LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID automatically conîÂÂgures a RAID 1 (Mirrored) set when the SATA is conîÂÂgured as RAID in the BIOS and you installed two hard disk drives without a RAID conîÂÂguration.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-13 5.3.1 Creating a RAID set The LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility allows you to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set using two types of conîÂÂgurations: Easy and New. In Easy ConîÂÂguration , the logical drive parameters are set automatically in- cluding the size and stripe size (RAID 1 only). In New ConîÂÂguration , you manually set the logical drive parameters and as- sign the set size and stripe size (RAID 1 only). 3. The utility main window appears. Use the arrow keys to select an option from the Management Menu, then press <Enter>. Refer to the Manage- ment Menu descriptions below. At the bottom of the screen is the legend box. The keys on the legend box allow you to navigate through the setup menu options or execute commands. The keys on the legend box vary according to the menu level. M e n u D e s c r i p t i o n ConîÂÂgure Allows you to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration or the New ConîÂÂguration command. This menu also allows you to view, add, or clear RAID conîÂÂgurations or select the boot drive Initialize Allows you to initialize the logical drives of a created RAID set Objects Allows you to initialize logical drives or change the logical drive parameters Rebuild Allows you to rebuild failed drives Check Consistency Allows you to check the data consistency of the logical drives of a created RAID set
5-14 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration Using Easy Conî¿guration To create a RAID set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure , then press <Enter>. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Easy ConîÂÂguration , then press <Enter>. 3. The ARRAY SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SATA ports. Select the drives you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y], where X is the array number, and Y is the drive number. The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-15 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array, then press <SpaceBar>. The logical drive information appears including a Logical Drive menu that al- lows you to change the logical drive parameters.
5-16 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 6. Select RAID from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 7. Select the RAID level from the menu, then press <Enter>. Yo u ne ed a t le as t tw o id en ti ca l ha rd d is k dr iv es w he n cr ea ti ng a R AI D 1 set . 8. When creating a RAID 1 set, select Stripe Size from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. When creating a RAID 0 set, proceed to step 10. 9. Key in the stripe size, then press <Enter>. For serv er s yst ems, we r eco mmend tha t y ou us e a low er ar ray blo ck si ze. For mult imed ia compu ter sys tems used ma inly for aud io an d vi deo edit ing, we recom mend a hi gher array bloc k siz e fo r opt imum perfo rmanc e.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-17 10. When îÂÂnished setting the selected logical drive conîÂÂguration, select Ac- cept from the menu, then press <Enter>. 11. Follow steps 5 to 10 to conîÂÂgure additional logical drives. 12. When prompted, save the conîÂÂguration, then press <Esc> to return to the Management Menu.
5-18 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration Whe n a R AID set is a lrea dy exist ing, us ing t he Ne w Con îÂÂgura tion com- man d era ses the exis ting RA ID co nîÂÂgu rat ion d ata. If you do n ot want to del ete t he e xis ting RAID se t, us e th e V iew/A dd Co nîÂÂgur ation comm and to vie w or crea te anoth er R AID conî gura tio n. 3. Follow steps 3 to 7 of the previous section. 4. Select Size from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 5. Key in the desired logical drive size, then press <Enter>. 6. Follow steps 8 to 12 of the previous section to create the RAID set. Using New Conî¿guration To create a RAID set using the New ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure , then press <Enter>. 2. Use the arrow keys to select New ConîÂÂguration , then press <Enter>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-19 5.3.2 Adding or viewing a RAID conî¿guration You can add a new RAID conîÂÂguration or view an existing conîÂÂgurat ion using the View/Add ConîÂÂguration command. Adding a new RAID conî¿guration To add a new RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Fro m th e Ma nage ment Menu , hi ghli ght Con îÂÂgur e , t hen pre ss < Ente r>. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Vie w/Ad d Co nîÂÂgu ratio n , then press <En- ter>. 3. The ARR AY S ELEC TION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SATA ports. Select the drive(s) you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from REA DY to ONL IN A [X]- [Y], where X is the array number, and Y is The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
5-20 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array, then press <SpaceBar>. The logical drive information appears including a Logical Drive menu that al- lows you to change the logical drive parameters.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-21 6. Follow steps 6 to 7 of the Creating a RAID set: Using Easy ConîÂÂguration section. 7. Select Size from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 8. Key in the desired logical drive size, then press <Enter>. 9. Follow steps 8 to 12 of the Creating a RAID set: Using Easy ConîÂÂgura- tion section to add the new RAID conîÂÂguration.
5-22 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.3.3 Initializing the logical drives After creating the RAID set(s), you must initialize the logical drives. You may initialize the logical drives of a RAID set(s) using the Initialize or Objects com- mand in the Management Menu. Using the Initialize command To initialize the logical drive using the Initialize command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Initialize , then press <Enter>. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the logical drive to initialize. Use the arrow keys to select the logical drive from the Logical Drive selection, then press <Enter>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-23 3. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Yes from the Initialize? dialog box, then press <Enter>. You may also press <F10> to initialize the drive without conîÂÂrmation. Initializing a logical drive(s) erases all data on the drive. 4. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization.
5-24 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>. Using the Objects command To initialize the logical drives using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Objects, then press <Enter>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-25 2. Select Logical Drive from the Objects sub-menu, then press <Enter>. 3. Select the logical drive to initialize from the Logical Drives sub-menu, then press <Enter>. 4. Select Initialize from the pop-up menu, then press <Enter> to start initialization.
5-26 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Yes from the Initialize? dialog box, then press <Enter>. You may also press <F10> to initialize the drive without conîÂÂrmation. 6. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization. 7. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-27 5.3.4 Rebuilding failed drives You can manually rebuild failed hard disk drives using the Rebuild or Objects command in the Management Menu. Using the Rebuild command To rebuild a failed hard disk drive using the Rebuild command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Rebuild, then press <Enter>. 2. The PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SATA ports. Select the drive you want to rebuild, then press <SpaceBar>.
5-28 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 3. After selecting the drive to rebuild, press <F10>. The indicator for the selected drive now shows RBLD. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to rebuild the drive. 5. When rebuild is complete, press any key to continue. Using the Objects command To rebuild a failed hard disk drive using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects, then select Physical Drive from the menu. 2. Use the arrow keys to select the physical dri ve you want to rebuild, then press <Enter>. 3. Select Rebuild from the pop-up menu, then press <Enter>. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to rebuild the drive. 5. When rebuild is complete, press any key to continue.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-29 5.3.5 Checking the drives for data consistency You can check and verify the accuracy of data redundancy in the selected logical drive. The utility can automatically detect and/or detect and correct any differences in data redundancy depending on the selected option in the Objects > Adapter menu. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the logical drive to check. Use the arrow keys to select the logical drive from the Logical Drive selection, then press <Enter>. Using the Check Consistency To check data consistency using the Check Consistency command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Check Consistency, then press <Enter>. The Check Consistency command is available only for logical drives included in a RAID 1 set.
5-30 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 3. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Yes from the Consis- tency Check dialog box, then press <Enter>. You may also press <F10> to check the drive consistency. A progress bar appears on screen. 4. While checking the disk consistency, press <Esc> to display the follow- ing options. ⢠Stop - Stops the consistency check. The utility stores the percentage of disk checked. When you restart checking, it continues from the last percentage completed rather than from zero percent. ⢠Continue - Continues the consistency check. ⢠Abort - Aborts the consistency check. When you restart check - ing, it continues from zero percent. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-31 Using the Objects command To check data consistency using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects, then select Logical Drive from the menu. 2. Use the arrow keys to select the logical dri ve you want to check, then press <Enter>. 3 . Se l ec t Check Consistency fr o m t h e p op - up m en u , t h e n p r es s < E nt e r >. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to check the drive. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
5-32 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.3.6 Deleting a RAID conî¿guration To delete a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. From the Management Menu, select ConîÂÂgure > Clear ConîÂÂguration , then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Yes from the Clear ConîÂÂguration? dialog box, then press <Enter>. The utility clears the current array. 3. Press any key to continue.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-33 5.3.7 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set You must have created a new RAID conîÂÂguration before you can select the boot drive from a RAID set. Refer to the Creating a RAID set: Using New ConîÂÂguration section for details. To select the boot drive from a RAID set: 1. From the Management Menu, select ConîÂÂgure > Select Boot Drive , then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select the bootable logical drive from the list, then press <Enter>. 3. The logical drive is selected as boot drive. Press any key to continue.
5-34 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.3.8 Enabling the WriteCache You may enable the RAID controllerâÂÂs WriteCache option to improve the data transmission performance. 3. When îÂÂnished, press any key to continue. 5.4 Global Array Manager You may also create a RAID set(s) in Windows î operating environment using the Global Array Manager (GAM) application. The GAM application is available from the motherboard support CD. To enable WriteCache: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects > Adapter, then press <Enter> to display the adapter properties. 2. Select WriteCache, then press <Enter> to turn the option On (enabled). When you enable WriteCache, you may lose data when a power interrup- tion occurs while transmitting or exchanging data among the drives. Refer to the GAM user guide in the motherboard support CD for details.
This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary drivers for different system components. Chapter 6 Driver installation
6-2 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.1 RAID driver installation After creating the RAID sets for your server system, you are now ready to install an operating system to the independent hard disk drive or bootable array. This part provides instructions on how to install the RAID controller drivers during OS installation. 6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk You may have to use another system to create the RAID driver disk from the system/motherboard support CD or from the Internet. A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000 or Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0/SuSE operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. You can create a RAID driver disk in DOS (using the Makedisk application in the support CD). To create a RAID driver disk in DOS environment: 1. Place the motherboard support CD in the optical drive. 2. Restart the computer, then enter the BIOS Setup. 3. Select the optical drive as the îÂÂrst boot priority to boot from the sup - port CD. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. 4. Restart the computer. 5. Press any key when prompted to boot from CD. The Makedisk menu appears. LoadingîÂÂFreeDOSîÂÂFATîÂÂKERNELîÂÂGO! PressîÂÂanyîÂÂkeyîÂÂtoîÂÂbootîÂÂfromîÂÂCDROM... 6. Place a blank, highâÂÂdensity îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create by typing the number before the option 7. Press <Enter>. 8. Follow screen instructions to create the driver disk. A) Fre eDO S com man d p ro mpt B) îÂÂî Ma keî In tel îÂÂIC H7R îÂÂLSIîÂÂMegaRAIDîÂÂforîÂÂWin32/64îÂÂbitîÂÂdriverîÂÂdisk C)îÂÂî MakeîÂÂIntelîÂÂICH7RîÂÂLSIîÂÂMegaRAIDîÂÂforîÂÂRHELîÂÂ3îÂÂ32/64îÂÂbitîÂÂdriverîÂÂdisk D)îÂÂî MakeîÂÂIntelîÂÂICH7RîÂÂLSIîÂÂMegaRAIDîÂÂforîÂÂRHELîÂÂ4îÂÂ32/64îÂÂbitîÂÂdriverîÂÂdisk E) Flash AMI BIOS for TS100-E4/PI2 F) Broadcom ASF Firmware Update G) Write TS100-E4/PI2 FRU Please choose A To G:
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-3 6.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver Windows î 2003 Server OS DuringîÂÂWindows î 2003 Server OS installation To install the RAID controller driver when installing Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS: 1. Boot the computer using the Windows î 2003 Server installation CD. The Windows î 2003 Setup starts. 2. Press <F6> when the message â Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver...â appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. When prompted, press <S> to specify an additional device. For syst ems wit h Red Hat î Enterprise versions that are not listed in the Makedisk menu, explore the support CD and copy the RAID driver disk from the following path: \ICH7R LSI RAID\Driver\Linux.
6-4 Chapter 6: Driver installation 4. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. Select the RAID controller driver from the list, then press <Enter>. L S I L o g i c S A T A R A I D Select âÂÂLSI Logic Embedded SATA RAIDâ for 32bit Windows 2003 Server OS from the list, then press <Enter>. For 64bit Windows 2003 Server OS, please select âÂÂLSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID ( Intel IA32E )â item.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-5 Intel Matrix Storage Select âÂÂIntel(R) 82801GR/GH SATA RAID Controller (Desktop ICH7RDH)â for Intel Matrix Storage RAID mode from the list, then press <Enter>. If you conîÂÂgured SATA as AHCI Mode in the BIOS setup utility of IDE ConîÂÂguration, îÂÂrst install the Intel SATA AHCI Driver during windows setup. Then, select the âÂÂIntel(R) 82801GR/GH SATA AHCI Controller (Desktop ICH7RDH)â from the list. Refer to section âÂÂ6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver diskâ to create the Intel SATA Driver for windows system. 6. The Windows î 2003 Setup loads the RAID controller drivers from the RAID driver disk. When prompted, press <Enter> to continue installa- tion. 7. Setup then proceeds with the OS installation. Follow screen instructions to continue.
6-6 Chapter 6: Driver installation 5. Right-click the RAID controller item, then select Properties. 6. Click the Driver tab, then click the Update Driver button. 7. The Upgrade Device Driver Wizard window appears. Click Next. 8. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 9. Select the option âÂÂSearch for a suitable driver for my device (recom- mended)âÂÂ, then click Next. 10. The wizard searches the RAID controller drivers. When found, click Next to install the drivers. 11. Click Finish after the driver installation is done. T oîÂÂanîÂÂexistingîÂÂWindows î 2003 Server OS To install the RAID controller driver on an existing Windows î 2003 Server OS: 1. Restart the computer, then log in with Administrator privileges. 2. Windows î automatically detects the RAID controller and displays a New Hardware Found window. Click Cancel. 3. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows î desktop , then select Properties from the menu. 4. Click the Hardware tab then click the Device Manager button to display the list of devices installed in the system.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-7 To verify the RAID controller driver installation: 1. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows î desktop , then select Properties from the menu. 2. Click the Hardware tab, then click the Device Manager button. 3. Click the â â sign before the item SCSI and RAID controllers. The LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID or Intelî 8201 GR/GH SATA RAID items should appear. 4. Right-click the RAID controller driver item, then select Properties from the menu. 5. Click the Driver tab, then click the Driver Details button to display the RAID controller drivers. 6. Click OK when îÂÂnished.
6-8 Chapter 6: Driver installation Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 To install the Intel î ICH7R LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID controller driver when installing Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 operating system: 1. Boot the system from the Red Hat î Installation CD. 2. At the boot:, type linuxîÂÂddîÂÂ, then press <Enter>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-9 4. Select fd0 using the <Tab> key when asked to select the driver disk source. Press <Tab> to move the cursor to OK, then press <Enter>. 3. Select Yes using the <Tab> key when asked if you have the driver disk. Press <Enter>
6-10 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6. When asked if you will load additional RAID controller drivers, select Yes, then install the additional RAID controller drivers. 7. Follow screen instructions to continue the OS installation. 5. When prompted, insert the Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 RAID driver disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, select OK, then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-11 SuSE Linux To install the RAID controller driver when installing SuSE Linux OS: 1. Boot the system from the SuSE Installation CD. 2. Select Installation from the Boot Options menu, then press <Enter>. 3. A message instructs you to prepare the RAID driver disk. Press <F6>. For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9.0 SP1 operating system, do not use OS bundled driver, otherwise your computer may become unstable due to OS limitation.
6-12 Chapter 6: Driver installation 4. When prompted, insert the RAID driver disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. When prompted, select the îÂÂoppy disk drive (fd0) as the driver update medium, select OK, then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-13 6.2 LAN driver installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Broadcom î Gigabit LAN controller drivers. 6.2.1 Windows î 2003 Server To install the Broadcom î Gigabit LAN controller driver on a Windows î 2003 Server OS: 1. Restart the computer, then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. 3. Click the Broadcom 5721 Driver option to begin installation. ⢠Wi ndo ws î autom atically d etects th e LAN cont rollers a nd display s a New Hardware Found window. Click Cancel to close this window. ⢠If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD.
6-14 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.2.2 Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 Follow these instructions when installing the Broadcom î Gigabit LAN control- ler base driver for the Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 operating system. Building the driver from the TAR î¿le 4. Click Next when the InstallShield Wizard window appears. Follow screen instructions to continue installation. To build the driver from the TAR îÂÂle: 1. Create a directory and extract the TAR îÂÂles: tarîÂÂxvzfîÂÂbcm5700-<version>.tar.gz 2. Bui ld t he d rive r bcm 5700 .o a s a load able modu le f or th e ru nnin g ke rnel: cdîÂÂbcm5700-<version>/src î make 3. Test the driver by loading it: insmodîÂÂbcm5700.o 4. Install the driver and man page: makeîÂÂinstall 5. Refer to Red Hat distribution documentation to conîÂÂgure the network protocol and address. Install îÂÂrst the Kernel Development tools before building the driver from the TAR îÂÂle.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-15 6.3 VGA driver installation This section provides instructions on how to install the XGI Graphics driver. 6.3.1 Windows î 2003 Server The Windows î 2003 Server operating system automatically recognizes the XGI Graphics driver during system installation. There is no need to install an additional driver(s) to support the onboard VGA. 6.3.2 Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 The Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 operating system automatically recognizes the XGI Graphics driver during system installation. There is no need to install an additional driver(s) to support the onboard VGA.
6-16 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.4 Management applications and utilities installation The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the driv- ers, management applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time with- out notice. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for updates. 6.4.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Doubleâ click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD. 6.4.2 Drivers menu The Dri vers menu sho ws th e ava ilab le d evice dri vers if the syst em de tect s ins tall ed d evic es. I nsta ll t he n ece ssar y dr iver s to acti vate the de vice s. The screen display and driver options vary under different operating system versions.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-17 6.4.3 Management Software menu The Management Software menu displays the available network and server moni- toring application. Click on an item to install. 6.4.4 Utilities menu The Utilities menu displays the software applications 6.4.5 Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact
6-18 Chapter 6: Driver installation
The Appendix describes the CPU features that the motherboard supports. Appendix Reference Info
A-2 Appendix: CPU features A.1 Intel î EM64T Using the Intel î EM64T feature To use the Intel î EM64T feature: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU that supports the Intel î EM64T. 2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows î XP Professional x64 Edi- tion). 3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support CD. 4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any. A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î Technol- ogy (EIST) ⢠The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS îÂÂle that supports EM64T. You can download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS website (www.asus. com/support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS îÂÂle. See Chapter 5 for details. ⢠Visit www.intel.com for more information on the EM64T feature. ⢠Vi si t w ww .m ic ro so ft .c om f or m or e in fo rm at io n on W in do ws î 64-bit OS. Refer to the expansion card or add-on device(s) documentation, or visit the related website, to verify if the card/device supports a 64-bit system. A.2.1 System requirements Before using EIST, c heck your sys tem if it mee ts the follo wing requirem ents: ⢠Int el î Pentium î 4 processor with EIST support ⢠BIOS îÂÂle with EIST support ⢠Operating system with EIST support (Windows î XP SP2/Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions) ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS îÂÂle that supports EIST. You can download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS website (www. asus.com/support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS. See Chapter 5 for details. ⢠Visit www.intel.com for more information on the EIST feature.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 A-3 A.2.2 Using the EIST To use the EIST feature: 1. Tur n on t he c om put er , th en e nt er th e BI OS S et up . 2. Go to t he A dv an ced M en u, h ig hl ig ht CP U Co nî gu ra ti on, then press <Enter>. 3. Set the Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology item to [Automatic], then press <Enter>. See page 5-24 for details. 4. Pre ss < F1 0> t o sa ve y ou r ch an ge s an d ex it t he B IO S se tu p. 5. Aft er t he c om pu ter r es ta rt s, r ig ht cl ic k on a b lan k sp ac e on t he de sk to p, th en s el ec t Pr op er ti es f ro m th e po p- up m en u. 6. Whe n th e Di sp la y P ro pe rt ie s wi nd ow a pp ea rs , cl ic k th e Sc re en Sa ve r ta b. 7. Cli ck t he P ow er bu tt on o n th e Mo ni to r po we r se ct io n to o pe n th e Po we r Op ti on s Pr op er ti es w in do w. 8. On the Power schemes section, click , then select any option except Home/OfîÂÂce Desktop or Always On. 9. Click Apply, then click OK. 10. Close the Display Properties win - dow. After you adjust the power scheme, the CPU internal fre- quency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low. The screen displays and procedures may vary depending on the operat- ing system.
A-4 Appendix: CPU features A.3 Block diagram
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 A-5 A.4 670 W single power supply A.4.1 General description The 250W single power supply with ATX-compliant output cables and con - nectors. The power supply has 8 plugs labeled P1 to P8. Take note of the devices to which you should connect the plugs. P2 P5 P6 P1 P7 P1 Motherboard 24-pin ATX power connector P2 Motherboard 4-pin 12V power connector P3 Peripheral device (available);Optical drive P4 Peripheral device (available);Optical drive P5 Peripheral device (available);HDD P6 Peripheral device (available);HDD P7 Floppy disk drive P8 SATA power connector P8 P3 P4 The voltage switch selection must be the same with voltage of AC Power. Fail to do it will cause PSU damage.
A-6 Appendix: CPU features A.4.2 Speciî¿cations DC Output characteristics Input Characteristics Input Voltage Range 115V~/6A or 230V~/3A, (By Voltage Switch selection) Input Frequency Range 50 Hz to 60 Hz Output Voltage Max (A) 3.3V 16A 5V 18A 12V1 10A 12V2 14A -12V 0.3A 5VSB 2.5A 5V&3.3V Max 115W 12V1& 12V2 Max 235W Total Conbine Current on 12V1& 12V2 rails are 19A Max
ii Copyright 2007é ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (âÂÂASUSâÂÂ). ASUS provides this manual âÂÂas isâ without warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not limited to the implied warranties or conditions of merchantability or îÂÂtness for a particular purpose. In no event shall ASUS, its directors, ofîÂÂcers, employees, or agents be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages (including damages for loss of proîÂÂts, loss of business, loss of use or data, interruption of business and the like), even if ASUS has been advised of the possibility of such damages arising from any defect or error in this manual or product. SpeciîÂÂcations and information contained in this manual ae furnished for informational use only, and are subject to change at any time without notice, and should not be construed as a commitment by ASUS. ASUS assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies that may appear in this manual, including the products and software described in it. Product warranty or service will not be extended if: (1) the product is repaired, modiîÂÂed or altered, unless such repair, modiîÂÂcation of alteration is authorized in writing by ASUS; or (2) the serial number of the product is defaced or missing. Products and corporate name s appearing in this manual may or may not be re gistered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identiîÂÂcation or explanation and to the ownersâ beneîÂÂt, without intent to infringe. E2791 First Edition V1.00 February 2007
iii Contents Notices ................................................................................................vii Safety information ............................................................................. viii About this guide .................................................................................. ix Chapter 1: Product introduction 1.1 System package contents ......................................................... 1-2 1.2 System speciîÂÂcations ................................................................ 1-3 1.3 Front panel features .................................................................. 1-5 1.4 LED information ......................................................................... 1-6 1.5 Rear panel features .................................................................... 1-6 1.6 Internal features ........................................................................ 1-7 Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2.1 Removing the side cover ........................................................... 2-2 2.2 Motherboard information ........................................................... 2-4 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) ................................................... 2-5 2.3.1 Installing the CPU ........................................................ 2-5 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink .......................................... 2-7 2.4 System memory ......................................................................... 2-9 2.4.1 Overview ..................................................................... 2-9 2.4.2 Memory conîÂÂgurations ................................................ 2-9 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM ........................................................ 2-10 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM ...................................................... 2-10 2.5 Installing a hard disk drive ....................................................... 2-11 2.6 Installing 5.25-inch drives ........................................................ 2-15 2.6.1 Removing the front panel cover ................................ 2-15 2.6.2 Installing additional optical drive(s) .......................... 2-17 2.7 Installing expansion cards ........................................................ 2-19 2.8 Removing components ............................................................ 2-21 2.8.1 Removing the îÂÂoppy disk drive ................................. 2-21 2.8.2 Removing/Add the chassis fan (Optional) ................ 2-22 2.9 Connecting cables .................................................................... 2-23 2.10 Replacing the side cover ........................................................ 2-24 Chapter 3: Motherboard Info 3.1 Motherboard overview ............................................................... 3-2
iv Contents 3.2 Jumpers ..................................................................................... 3-5 3.3 Connectors .............................................................................. 3-10 3.3.1 Rear panel connectors .............................................. 3-10 3.3.2 Internal connectors ................................................... 3-11 Chapter 4: BIOS Setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS ............................................. 4-2 4.1.1 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk .................................. 4-2 4.1.2 AFUDOS utility............................................................. 4-3 4.1.3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility..................................... 4-6 4.1.4 ASUS Update utility ..................................................... 4-8 4.2 BIOS setup program ................................................................. 4-11 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen ..................................................... 4-12 4.2.2 Menu bar ................................................................... 4-12 4.2.3 Navigation keys ......................................................... 4-12 4.2.4 Menu items ................................................................ 4-13 4.2.5 Sub-menu items ........................................................ 4-13 4.2.6 ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds ................................................... 4-13 4.2.7 Pop-up window .......................................................... 4-13 4.2.8 Scroll bar ................................................................... 4-13 4.2.9 General help .............................................................. 4-13 4.3 Main menu ................................................................................ 4-14 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] ............................................. 4-14 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] ................................. 4-14 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [Enabled] .................................... 4-14 4.3.4 Primary, Third, Fourth IDE Master/Slave ................... 4-15 4.3.5 IDE ConîÂÂguration ...................................................... 4-16 4.3.6 System Information ................................................... 4-18 4.4 Advanced menu ....................................................................... 4-19 4.4.1 USB ConîÂÂguration ..................................................... 4-19 4.4.2 MPS ConîÂÂguration ..................................................... 4-20 4.4.3 Remote Access ConîÂÂguration ................................... 4-21 4.4.4 Trusted Computing ................................................... 4-22 4.4.5 CPU ConîÂÂguration ..................................................... 4-23 4.4.6 Chipset ...................................................................... 4-24
v Contents 4.4.7 Onboard Devices ConîÂÂguration ................................. 4-26 4.4.8 PCI PnP ...................................................................... 4-27 4.5 Power ConîÂÂguration ................................................................. 4-28 4.5.1 APM ConîÂÂguration ..................................................... 4-28 4.5.2 Hardware Monitor ...................................................... 4-30 4.6 Boot menu ............................................................................... 4-31 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority .................................................. 4-32 4.6.2 Hard Disk Drives ........................................................ 4-32 4.6.3 Boot Settings ConîÂÂguration ...................................... 4-33 4.6.4 Security ..................................................................... 4-34 4.7 Exit menu ................................................................................. 4-37 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.1 RAID conîÂÂgurations ................................................................... 5-2 5.1.1 RAID deîÂÂnitions ........................................................... 5-2 5.1.2 Installing Serial ATA hard disks ................................... 5-3 5.1.3 Setting the RAID item in BIOS ..................................... 5-3 5.1.4 RAID conîÂÂguration utility ............................................ 5-3 5.2 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility ..................... 5-4 5.2.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) .................................. 5-5 5.2.2 Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) ................................ 5-7 5.2.3 Deleting a RAID set ..................................................... 5-8 5.2.4 Resetting Disks to Non-RAID ....................................... 5-9 5.2.5 Exiting the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager utility ........ 5-9 5.2.6 Rebuilding the RAID ................................................... 5-10 5.2.7 Setting the Boot array in the BIOS Setup Utility ....... 5-11 5.3 LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility ......................... 5-12 5.3.1 Creating a RAID set ................................................... 5-13 5.3.2 Adding or viewing a RAID conîÂÂguration .................... 5-19 5.3.3 Initializing the logical drives ...................................... 5-22 5.3.4 Rebuilding failed drives .............................................. 5-27 5.3.5 Checking the drives for data consistency ................. 5-29 5.3.6 Deleting a RAID conîÂÂguration ................................... 5-32 5.3.7 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set ................. 5-33 5.3.8 Enabling the WriteCache ........................................... 5-34
vi Contents 5.4 Global Array Manager ............................................................... 5-34 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.1 RAID driver installation ............................................................... 6-2 6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk.......................................... 6-2 6.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver ............................ 6-3 6.2 LAN driver installation ............................................................. 6-13 6.2.1 Windows î 2003 Server ............................................. 6-13 6.2.2 Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 ..................................... 6-14 6.3 VGA driver installation ............................................................. 6-15 6.3.1 Windows î 2003 Server ............................................. 6-15 6.3.2 Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 ..................................... 6-15 6.4 Management applications and utilities installation ................... 6-16 6.4.1 Running the support CD ............................................ 6-16 6.4.2 Drivers menu ............................................................. 6-16 6.4.3 Management Software menu .................................... 6-17 6.4.4 Utilities menu ............................................................ 6-17 6.4.5 Contact information .................................................. 6-17 Appendix: Reference information A.1 Intel î EM64T .............................................................................. A-2 A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î Technology (EIST) ......................... A-2 A.2.1 System requirements .................................................. A-2 A.2.2 Using the EIST ............................................................. A-3 A.3 Block diagram ............................................................................ A-4 A.4 250W single power supply ........................................................ A-5 A.4.1 General description ..................................................... A-5 A.4.2 SpeciîÂÂcations .............................................................. A-6
vii Notices Federal Communications Commission Statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: ⢠This device may not cause harmful interference, and ⢠This device mus t accept any interference r eceived includ ing interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B d igital device, pursuan t to Part 1 5 of the FC C Rules . These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate rad io fre que ncy en ergy a nd, if no t i nst alle d a nd us ed in acc ord ance w ith m a n u f a c t u r e r â s i n s t r u c t i o n s , m a y c a u s e h a r m f u l i n t e r f e r e n c e to r a d i o c om m u ni c at i o ns . H ow e v er , t he r e is n o gu a r an t e e t h a t i n t er f e re n ce w i ll not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does caus e harmful inter ference to radio or televi sion r eceptio n, whi ch ca n be deter mined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: ⢠Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. ⢠Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. ⢠Connect the equipment to an outlet on a circuit different from tha t to which the receiver is connected. ⢠Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. C a n a d i a n D e p a r t m e n t o f C o m m u n i c a t i o n s S t a t e m e n t Th is di git al ap par atu s doe s not e xce ed th e Cla ss B li mit s fo r r ad io no ise e m i s s i o n s f r o m d i g i t a l a p p a r a t u s s e t o u t i n t h e R a d i o I n t e r f e r e n c e Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications. This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. WARNING! The use of shielded cables for connection of the monitor to the graphics card is required to assure compliance with FCC regulations. Ch an g es or m od i fi ca ti on s to t hi s un it n ot e xp re ss ly a pp ro ve d b y t h e p a rt y re s p o ns i b le f o r c o m pl i a nc e c ou l d vo i d t h e us e r â s a u t ho r i ty t o operate this equipment.
viii Safety information Electrical Safety ⢠Before installing or removing signa l cables, ensure that the power cables for the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged. ⢠To p reve nt e lect ric al sh ock h aza rd, d isc onn ect th e pow er ca ble f rom the electrical outlet before relocating the system. ⢠When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system, ensure that the power cables for the devices are unplugged before the si gn a l ca bl es ar e c on ne ct ed . I f p os si bl e, di sc on ne ct al l p ow er ca bl es from the existing system before you add a device. ⢠If the power supply is broken, do not try to îÂÂx it by yourself. Contact a qualiîÂÂed service technician or your dealer. Operation Safety ⢠Any mechanical operation on this server must be conducted by certiîÂÂed or experienced engineers. ⢠Before operating the server, carefully read all the manuals included with the server package. ⢠Befo re u sing the serv er, make sure all cab les a re c orrec tly c onnec ted and the power cables are not damaged. If any damage is detected, con- tact your dealer as soon as possible. ⢠To avoid short circuits, keep paper clips, screws, and staples away from connectors, slots, sockets and circuitry. ⢠Avoid dust, humidity, and temperature extremes. Place the server on a stable surface. This product is equipped with a three-wire power cable and plug for the user âÂÂs sa fety. Use t he pow er cab le wit h a pr operly groun ded el ectric al outlet to avoid electrical shock. Lithium-Ion Battery Warning CAU TIO N! Dan ger of ex plos ion if ba tte ry is inc orr ectl y r epla ced . Replace only with the same or e quivalent type r ecommended by t he m a nu f a ct u r er . Di s p os e o f u s e d b a t te r ie s a cc o r di n g t o t h e manufacturerâÂÂs instructions. CD-ROM Drive Safety Warning CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT Heavy System C AU T IO N ! T h is s er v er s ys t e m i s he a vy . As k fo r as s is t a nc e wh e n moving or carrying the system.
ix About this guide Audience This u ser guide is intended for syst em integrators, and exper ienced users with at least basic knowledge of conîÂÂguring a server. Contents This guide contains the following parts: 1. Chapter 1: Product Introduction Th is ch apt er de scr ibe s the g ene ral f eat ure s of th e ser ver , in clu din g sections on front panel and rear panel speciîÂÂcations. 2. Chapter 2: Hardware setup Th is c ha pt er l is ts t he h ar dwa re s et up p ro ce dur es t ha t yo u h ave to perform when installing or removing system components. 3. Chapter 3: Motherboard information Th i s c ha pt er gi ve s i nf o rm at io n a bo u t t he m o th er bo ar d t h at c o me s with the server. This chapter includes the motherboard layout, jumper settings, and connector locations. 4. Chapter 4: BIOS information Th is cha pte r t ell s h ow to ch ang e s yst em set tin gs thr oug h t he BI OS Setup menus and describes the BIOS parameters. 5.î ChapterîÂÂ5:îÂÂRAIDîÂÂconî¿guration Th is c ha pt er te ll s h ow t o c ha ng e sy st em s et ti ng s t hr ou gh th e BI OS Se tu p me nu s. D et ai le d de sc ri pt io ns o f th e BI OS p ar am et er s ar e al so p ro vi de d. 6. Chapter 6: Driver installation This chap ter provides inst ructions for ins talling the neces sary drivers for different system components. 7. Appendix: Reference information Th is ap pen dix i ncl ude s ad dit ion al in for mat ion t hat y ou ma y ref er t o when conîÂÂguring the motherboard.
x References Refer to the follo wing source s for addit ional infor mation, and for produ ct and software updates. 1.î ASUSîÂÂServerîÂÂW eb-basedîÂÂManagementîÂÂ(A SWM)îÂÂuserîÂÂguide This manual tells how to set up and use the proprietary ASUS server management utility. 2. ASUS websites Th e ASU S we bsi te s w or ldw id e p rov id e upd at ed inf or ma tio n fo r al l A SU S ha rd wa re a nd s of tw ar e pr od uc ts . Re fe r to t he A SU S c on ta ct i nf or mat io n. Conventions To make sure that you perform certain tasks properly, take note of the fol- lowing symbols used throughout this manual. WARNING: Information to prevent injury to yourself when trying to complete a task. CAUTION: Information to prevent damage to the components when trying to complete a task. IMPORTANT: Instructions that you MUST follow to complete a task. NOTE: Tips and information to aid in completing a task. Typography Bold text Indicates a menu or an item to select. Italics Used to emphasize a word or a phrase. <Key> Keys enclosed in the less-than and greater- than sign means that you must press the enclosed key. Example: <Enter> means that you must press the Enter or Return key. <Key1> <Key2> <Key3> If you must press two or more keys simultaneously, the key names are linked with a plus sign ( ). Example: <Ctrl> <Alt> <Delete> Command Means that you must type the command exactly as shown, then supply the required item or value enclosed in brackets. Example: At the DOS prompt, type the command line: format A:/S
1- Th is ch apt er de scri bes t he ge ner al f e a t u r e s o f t h e b a r e b o n e s e r v e r , i n c l u d i n g s e c t i o n s o n t h e f r o n t panel and rear panel speciîÂÂcations. Chapter 1 Pr od uct int rodu ctio n
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-2 1.1 System package contents Chec k yo ur A SUS T S100-E 4/PI2 pack age with the item s on the foll owing table. The package contents vary for the following conîÂÂgurations: C o nt a c t y o u r d e a le r im m e d ia t e ly i f a n y o f t he i te m s is d a ma g e d o r missing. Check your system package for the following items. Chassis ASUS T10 Non-rackable Tower chassis Motherboard ASUS P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 motherboard Components 2 5 0 W S i n g l e p o w e r s u p p l y ( 1 1 0 / 2 3 0 V S w i t c h i n g Selection) 1 x St an da rd 16 x DV D- RO M or st an da rd D VD -RW ( Op ti on al ) Active CPU Cooler Cables AC power cable SATA cables SATA power cable IDE cable FDD cable System cables Accessories TS100-E4/PI2 user guide TS100-E4/PI2 support CD (includes ASWM*) CA Anti-virus software CD Bag of screws * ASUS System Web-based Management
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 1-3 1.2 System speciî¿cations The ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 is a server system featuring the ASUS P5M2-M/ C _ T S 1 0 0 - E 4 m o t h e r b o a r d . T h e s e r v e r s u p p o r t s t h e I n t e l î X e o n î 3000/3200 or Pentium î D (D-stepping) series Processors, and includes the latest technologies through the chipsets embedded on the motherboard. Chassis T10 non-rackable Tower Chassis Motherboard ASUS P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Chipset NorthBridge: Intel î Xeon 3000 chipset (Mukilteo-2) SouthBridge: Intel î ICH7R CPU LGA775 socket for Intel î Xeon î 3000/3200 or Pentium î D (D-stepping) series processors Supports I n t e l î En ha nc ed M em or y 64 T e c hn ol og y (E M6 4T ) Supports Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î Technology (EIST) Memory Dual-channel memory architecture 4 x 240-pin DIMM sockets support unbuffered ECC/non-ECC DDR2-533/667 memory modules Supports up to 8 GB system memory LAN S in gl e em be dd ed B ro ad co m BC M5 72 1 Gi ga bi t LA N co nt ro ll er s th at co mp ly w it h PC I Ex pr e s s 1. 0a s pe ci îÂÂc at io ns VGA XGI Volari î PCI-based VGA controller with 32 MB memory Storage Intel î ICH7R Southbridge supports: - 2 x SATAII 300MB/s drivers with RAID functionali ty using the Intel Matrix Storage Manager (IMSM)(RAID 0, RAID 1), or the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID controller (RAID 0, RAID 1) Expansion slots 1 x PCIe x8 Slot (x4 Link) (PCI E1 slot) 1 x PCIe x8 Slot (x8 Link) (PCI E2 slot) 2 x PCI 32bit/33MHz 5V Slots 1 x SO-DIMM socket for ASUS Server Management Board Front panel 4 x 5.25" Space for max of 2* IDE device (Option: DVD-ROM or DVD-RW) 2 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x FDD Power switch Reset switch LEDs: Power, HDD access Rear panel 1 x PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 1 x PS/2 mouse port (green) 2 x USB 2.0 ports 1 x Parallel port 1 x Serial port (COM1) 1 x VGA port 1 x LAN (RJ-45) port Management ASUS Server Web-based Management (ASWM 2.0) Hardware support (optional) SM-Bus, ASMB3-SOL support IPMI 2.0 Over LAN management card (continuted on the next page)
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-4 Hardware monitors Voltage, temperature, and fan speed monitoring Automatic System Restart (ASR) feature Power supply 250W single power supply, 100V~130Vac/200~260Vac by switching setting; 50Hz~60Hz, 24pin 4pin power connector Dimensions 192 mm (W) x 490 mm (D) x 426 mm (h) Net Weight 13.5 kg Refer to "Chapter 3 Motherboard information" for details on the internal connectors.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 1-5 1.3 Front panel features The TS100-E4/PI2 chassis displays a black stylish front panel. The power button, LED indicators, optical, and îÂÂoppy drives are located on the f ront panel. Flip th e front panel I/O p or t s c ov e r to a c c es s t he f r o nt p a ne l USB ports. F r o n t p a n e l I / O ports cover Optical drive Floppy disk drive Empty 5.25-inch bays Power button and LED HDD LED Reset button USB ports
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-6 1.5 Rear panel features Th e r e ar pa ne l i n cl ud es a s l ot f o r t he mo th e rb oa rd r ea r I /O po rt s , f ou r full-length expansion slots, chassis cover locks, a vent for the system fan, and the power supply unit. 1.4 LED information The TS100-E4/PI2 comes with two LED indicators. Refer to the picture for the LED location and the table below for LED description. Power connector 4 expansion slots Power suppy unit Sp ace f or 9 c m sys tem FAN if needed P/S2 keyboard port Serial port Parallel port VGA port Gigabit LAN ports Voltage selector LED Icon Display Description Drive Activity LED Blinking Read/write data into the HDD Power LED ON System power ON Blinking Suspend mode P/S2 mouse port USB 2.0 ports Power Switch
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 1-7 1.6 Internal features The TS100-E4/PI2 chassis includes the basic components as shown. 1. Power supply 2. Space for 9 cm system FAN 3. ASUS P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 4. CPU socket and CPU Cooler 5. DDR2 DIMM sockets 6. PCI Express x8 slot (x4 Link) 7. PCI Express x8 slot (x8 Link) 8. 2 x PCI slots 1 9. Floppy disk drive connector 10. IDE connector 11. Serial ATA connectors 12. Optical drive (Standard/Optional) 13. Empty 5.25-inch drive bays 14. Floppy disk drive 15. HDD bay 16. Detachable HDD cage 4 5 1 0 1 5 1 6 1 1 3 6 7 8 The hard disk drives are purchased separately. 1 3 2 1 4 9 12
Chapter 1: Product introduction 1-8
2- T h i s c h a p t e r l i s t s t h e h a r d w a r e s e t u p proce dures that you have to p erform when installing or removing system components. Chapter 2 Hardware setup
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-2 2.1 Removing the side cover To remove the side cover: 1. Use a Philips screwdriver to remove the screw on the side cover. 2. Locate the two side cover locks. 3. Move the side cover to the direction of the arrow. 4. Lift the side cover, then set aside. 4 4 3. P r e s s t h e s i d e c o v e r l o c k s out ward , t hen pul l t he s ide cov er t o w ar d t h e r e a r p a ne l f o r a b o u t one-half inch. 3 1 2 2 1
2-3 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 Viewing the internal structure Without the side cover, the internal structure and installed components of the barebone server appear as shown in the following picture. P e rf o r m t he p r o c ed u r e s i n t he s u c c ee d i n g s e ct i o n s t o in s t a l l t h e C P U , system memory, disk drives, and expansion cards. ⢠Make sure that you unplug the power cord before removing the side cover. ⢠Ta ke e xtr a c are wh en r emo vin g t he s ide co ver . K eep you r f ing ers from c omponent s inside the chas sis that can caus e injury, s uch as the CPU fan, rear fan, and other sharp-edged parts.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 2.2 Motherboard information Pl ac e e igh t ( 8) s cr ew s in to t he ho les in di ca ted by c ir cl es t o se cu re th e motherboard to the chassis. Place this side towards the rear of the chassis Refer to "Chapter 3 Motherboard Information" for detailed Information. Mak e su re t o un plug the powe r co rd b efor e ins tall ing or r emov ing t he motherboard. Failure to do so can cause you physical injury and damage motherboard components.
2-5 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.3.1 Installing the CPU To install a CPU: 1. Locate the CPU socket on the motherboard. 2.3 Central Processing Unit (CPU) The motherboard comes with a surface mount LGA775 socket designed for the Intel î Xeon î 3000/3200 or Pentium D series processors in the 775- land package. Before installing the CPU, make sure that the cam box is facing towards you and the load lever is on your left. ⢠Upon pur chase of the m otherboard, ma ke sure that t he PnP cap is on the sock et and the socket co ntacts are not ben t. Contact your r et a il e r i m me d ia t el y i f t h e P n P c a p i s m is s i ng , o r i f y o u s ee a ny damage to the PnP cap/socket contacts/motherboard components. A SU S s ho u ld e rs th e r e pa ir co s t o nl y i f t he da m ag e i s s hi p me n t/ transit-related. ⢠Ke ep t he ca p af te r in sta ll in g th e m ot he rb oar d. A SUS w il l pr oce ss R e t u r n M e r c h a n d i s e A u t h o r i z a t i o n ( R M A ) r e q u e s t s o n l y i f t h e motherboard comes with the cap on the LGA775 socket. ⢠The produ ct warran ty does not cover damage to the so cket cont acts resulting from in correct CPU installation/ removal, or misplacement/ loss/incorrect removal of the PnP cap. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 CPU Socket 775
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-6 3. Lift the load lever in the direction of the arrow to a 135ú angle. 4. L i f t t h e l o a d p l a t e w i t h y o u r thumb and foreîÂÂnger to a 100ú a ng l e ( A) , th e n p u sh t he P nP cap from the load plate window to remove (B). T o p re v en t d a ma g e t o t he so c ke t p i ns , d o n ot r em ov e t h e P n P c ap unless you are installing a CPU. 5. Po s it io n t he C PU ov er t h e s o c k e t , m a k i n g s u r e t h a t t h e g o l d t r i a n g l e i s o n t h e b ot t o m- l e ft c o r ne r o f the socket. The socket a l i g n m e n t k e y s h o u l d îÂÂt into the CPU notch. Alignment key Gold triangle mark Load plate A B 2. Press the load lever with your thumb (A), then move it to the left (B) until it is released from the retention tab. Retention tab Load lever T hi s s i de of t he so c ke t b o x should face you. PnP cap A B
2-7 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 T he C P U fi t s in on l y on e c or r ec t o ri e nt at i on . D O N OT f o rc e t he C P U int o the socke t to preve nt be nding the c onnec tors on th e soc ket a nd damaging the CPU! 6. Clo se the lo ad plat e ( A), th en push the load lever (B ) until it snaps into the retention tab. A B To install the CPU heatsink and fan: 1. Pl ac e t he he at si nk o n t op of t he i n s t a l l e d C P U , m a k i n g s u r e t h a t t h e C P U f a n s c r e w s m a t c h t h e holes on the motherboard. CPU fan screw CPU fan screw hole T h e I n t e l î X e o n 3 2 0 0 / 3 0 0 0 o r P e n t i u m D p r o c e s s o r s r e q u i re a n I n t e l cer tiîÂÂed or ASU S q ualiî ed heat sink to ens ure opt imum the rmal con diti on and performance. When you b uy a boxed I ntel CPU , the package include s the heatsink , fan, retent ion brac kets, s crews, thermal grease, install ation ma nual, a nd othe r items that are necessary for CPU installation. 2.3.2 Installing the CPU heatsink ⢠Make s ure tha t you h ave app lied the therma l greas e to the top of the CPU before installing the heatsink and fan. ⢠Refer to the installation manual that came with the CPU package for details on heatsink/fan assembly and installation. ⢠For ins tall atio n in stru cti on of bun dled ASU S qu aliî ed C PU h eats ink and fan assembly, refer to section 3.2.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-8 A A B B 3. C o nn e c t t h e C PU f a n c a b l e t o t h e c o n ne c t o r s o n t h e m o t he r b o a rd labeled CPU_FAN1. D o n o t f o r g e t t o c o n n e c t t h e C P U f a n c o n n e c t o r t o C P U _ F A N 1 ! Hardware monitoring errors can occur if you fail to plug this connector. 2. F a s t e n t h e s c r e w s i n a d i a g o n a l se qu en ce to se cu re t he he at si nk and fan assembly in place. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 CPU Fan connector GND F ANPWR2 F AN_PWM CPU_F A N1 ⢠Orient the heatsink and fan assembly such that the CPU fan cable is closest to the CPU_FAN1 connector. ⢠An X-pad⢠comes pre-installed under the motherboard.
2-9 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.4 System memory 2.4.1 Overview The motherboard comes with fo ur Double Data Rate 2 (DDR2) D ual Inline Memory Modules (DIMM) sockets. A DDR2 module has the same physical dimensions as a DDR DIMM but has a 240-pin footprint compared to the 184-pin DDR DIMM. DDR2 DIMMs are notched differently to prevent installation on a DDR DIMM socket. The îÂÂgure illustrates the location of the DDR2 DIMM sockets: 2.4.2 Memory conî¿gurations Y o u m a y i n s t a l l 5 1 2 M B , 1 G B , a n d 2 G B u n b u f f e r e d E C C o r n o n - E C C DDR2-533/667 DIMMs into the DIMM sockets. ⢠A l w a y s i n s t a l l D I M M s w i t h t h e s a m e C A S l a t e n c y . F o r o p t i m u m compatibility, we recommend that you obtain memory modules from the sa me vendor . Refer to t he DDR2 Qu aliîÂÂed Ve ndors Lis t on the ASUS web site. ⢠Wh en i nst alli ng o ne or two DIM Ms, ins tall th e DI MM( s) t o th e b lue slots (DIMM_A1/DIMM_B1). ⢠T h r e e D D R 2 D I M M s i n t a l l e d i n t o a n y t hr e e m e m o r y s o c k e t s w i ll function in single-channel mode. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 240-pin DDR2 DIMM Sockets DIMM_A2 DIMM_B1 DIMM_B2 DIMM_A1 1 12 Pins 128 Pins
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-10 2.4.3 Installing a DIMM U np lu g t h e po w er s u pp l y b ef or e a dd i ng o r r e mo vi n g D IM Ms or ot h er system components. Failure to do so can cause severe damage to both the motherboard and the components. To install a DIMM: 1. U n l o c k a D I M M s o c k e t b y p r e s s i n g t h e r e t a i n i n g c l i p s outward. 2. A l i g n a D I M M o n t h e s o c k e t s u c h t h a t t h e n o t c h o n t h e DIMM matches the break on the socket. 3. Fi rm ly i nse rt t he D IM M in to t he s oc k e t u nt i l t he r e ta i n in g c l ip s snap back in place and the DIMM is properly seated. 2.4.4 Removing a DIMM Follow these steps to remove a DIMM. 1. Simultaneously press the retaining clips outward to unlock the DIMM. 2. Remove the DIMM from the socket. ⢠A D D R 2 D I M M i s k e y e d w i t h a n o t c h s o t h a t i t f i t s i n o n l y o n e direction. DO NOT force a DIMM into a socket to avoid damaging the DIMM. ⢠The DDR2 DIMM sockets do not support DDR DIMMs. DO NOT install DDR DIMMs to the DDR2 DIMM sockets. S u p p o r t t h e D I M M l i g h t l y w i t h y ou r fi n ge rs w he n p re ss in g t he re ta in ing c li ps. T he DI MM mi gh t g e t d a m a g ed w h e n i t f l ip s o u t with extra force. Unlocked retaining clip DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 3 DDR2 DIMM notch 1 2 1
2-11 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.5 Installing a hard disk drive T h e s e r v e r s y s t e m s u p p o r t s o n e Se r ia l A TA ha rd di sk dr i ve t h ro ug h a detachable hard disk drive cage. Hard disk drive cage Y o u m a y p u r c h a s e a s e c o n d har d disk driv e cage to i nstall an additiona l HDD. Refe r to the next chapter for details. Hard disk drive installation The d etac habl e hard d isk dr ive ca ge acco mmo date s o ne Ser ial AT A h ard disk drive. To install the îÂÂrst Serial ATA hard disk drive: 1. First remove side cover. 2. T h e n , p r e s s t h e H D D c a g e l o c k w h i l e p u l l i n g t h e c a g e o u t f r o m the chassis. Place the HDD cage in a îÂÂat surface. Conî gure yo ur har d disk drive a s Mast er/Sla ve devi ce bef ore ins tallin g it to the drive cage. Refer to the HDD documentation on how to set the drive as a Master/Slave device. 3. Install the SATA HDD.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-12 2. Insert an HDD to the upper bay of the cage. Make sure that the HDD s c re w h o l es a r e a l ig n e d w it h t h e HDD cage screw holes. D O N O T i n s t a l l a h a r d d i s k drive to the lower ba y of the cage. Screw holes 1. P r e s s t h e H D D c a g e l o c k w h i l e p u l l i n g t h e c a g e o u t f r o m t h e ch as sis . Pl ac e th e HD D ca ge i n a îÂÂat surface. 4. Sec ure th e S ATA HDD wi th thre e screws as show. 5. C o n n e c t t h e S A T A s i g n a l a n d power cables. To install the second Serial ATA hard disk drive:
2-13 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3. Secure the HDD to the cage wi th tw o sc rew s on b oth s ide s of t he cage. 4. R e i n s t a l l t h e H D D c a g e t o t h e c ha ss i s. Al i gn th e HD D c a ge an d bay as semb ly rai ls, th en care full y p u s h t h e H D D c a g e u n t i l i t i s îÂÂushed to the chassis. 5. C on ne c t o ne en d of th e su pp l ie d 7 - p i n S A T A c a b l e t o t h e S A T A connector at the back of the drive. 6. Connect the other end to a SATA c o n n e c t o r o n t h e m o t h e r b o a r d . S ee pa ge 3 -6 fo r t h e l oc a ti on o f the SATA connectors. 5 6 7. Con nect a 4-pi n p ower plu g fr om t h e p o w e r s u p p l y u n i t t o t h e p ow e r c on n e ct o r a t t h e b ac k o f the drive.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-14 C o n n e c t t h e 1 5 - p i n S e r i a l A T A p o w e r p l u g t o t h e S e r i a l A T A p o w e r c o n n e c t o r a t t h e b a c k o f the drive. OR U s e e i t h e r t h e S A T A p o w e r c o n n e c t o r O R t h e l e g a c y 4 - p i n p o w e r connector. DO NOT use both to prevent damage to components and to keep the system from becoming unstable. 8. T h e f i rs t a n d s ec o n d S A TA H D D install îÂÂnished as show.
2-15 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.6 Installing 5.25-inch drives 2.6.1 Removing the front panel cover To remove the front panel cover: 1. Locate and remove two screws th at sec ure th e left s ide co ver to the chassis . Keep the screw for later use. 2. S l i gh t l y p u l l t h e c o v e r t o w a r d th e d ire ct io n of t he r ea r pa ne l u n t i l i t d i s e n g a g e s f r o m t h e chassis. Set the cover aside. 1 2 The system comes with four 5.25-inch drive bays located on the upper front p ar t o f t h e c ha s si s. A n o pt i ca l d r iv e t h a t c o m e s s t a n d a r d / o p t i o n a l w i t h t h e s y s t e m p a c k a g e o c c u p i e s t h e uppermost bay (labeled 1). The lower bays (l abeled 2, 3 , and 4 ) are availab le for additional 5.25âÂÂinch optical, zip, or îÂÂoppy disk drives. Make sure t o unplug the po wer cable befor e i nstalling or r emoving any system components. Failure to do so may cause severe damage to the motherboard and other system components! Y o u m u st r e m o v e t h e f r on t panel cover before installing a 5.25-inch drive(s). 1 4 3 2
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-16 3. P r e s s t h e f r o n t p a n e l c o v e r h o o k i n w a r d u n t i l i t d e t a c h e s from the chassis hole. 4. O n t h e o t h e r s i d e o f t h e s y s t e m , l o c a t e t h r e e f r o n t p a n e l c o v e r h o o k s . P r e s s t h e h o o k s i n w a r d u n t i l t h e f r o n t pa nel co ver de tac hes fr om th e chassis. 5. Careful ly remove the front panel cover, then set aside. 4 5 3
2-17 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.6.2 Installing additional optical drive(s) 1. Select the drive bay you intend t o u s e . P u s h t h e k n o c k d o w n m et a l c ov e r i n a n d ou t o f t h e chassis until it is removed. 2. Carefully insert the drive to the bay, then push it inward until it is f lu sh ed to th e c ha s si s f ro nt panel. 3. Ali gn th e o ptic al dri ve an d b ay screw holes. 4. Secure the drive with two screws on both sides of the bay. Screw holes 3 4 1 1 1 ConîÂÂgure your optical drive as Master/Slave device before installing it to the drive bay. Refer to the optical drive documentation for details. To install an additional optical drive(s):
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-18 5. C o n n e c t a 4 0 - p i n I D E c a b l e (from the îÂÂrst optical drive) to the IDE connector on the drive. 6. C o n n e c t a 4 - p i n p o w e r p l u g fr om th e p ow er su pp ly u ni t t o the drive power connector. 6 5 7. R e m o v e t h e f r o n t p a n e l b a y c o v e r o p p o s i t e t h e d r i v e b a y you used by pressing the hooks inward. F o l l o w t h e s a m e p r o c e d u r e s when installing additional optical drives. 8 7 8. R e i n s t a l l t h e f r o n t p a n e l a n d side covers when done.
2-19 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.7 Installing expansion cards The system comes with two PCI slots, one PCI Express x8 (x8 link) slot, and one PCI Express x1 (x4 link) slot. Make sure to unplug the po wer supply befor e i nstalling or rem oving an expa nsion c ard(s) . Failu re to d o so m ay caus e sever e damag e to bo th the motherboard and the components. To install an expansion card: 1. Before installing the expansion card, read the documentation that came with it and make the necessary hardware settings for the card. 2. Lay the system on its side on a îÂÂat, stable surface. 3. Release the screw as show. 4. T h e n r e m o v e t h e h o o k m e t a l b r a c k e t u n d e r a l l s l o t s o f m e t a l bracket. 5. T h e n r e m o v e t h e m e t a l b r a c k e t op po sit e th e sl ot th at y ou i nte nd t o u s e . K e e p t h e m e t a l b r a c k e t screw for later use. 6. Al ign th e car d c onn ect or wit h the s l o t , t h e n p r e s s f i r m l y u n t i l t h e c ar d is c om p le t el y se a te d o n t h e slot.
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-20 8. Finally, use the screwdriver secure t h e s c r e w t h a t y o u r e m o v e d earlier. 7. T h e n i n s t a l l t h e h o o k m e t a l b r a c k e t u n d e r a l l s l o t s o f m e t a l bracket.
2-21 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 To install a îÂÂoppy disk drive: 1. I n s e r t t h e d r i v e t o t h e b a y u n t i l i t i s fl u s h ed t o t he c h a s si s f ro n t panel. 2. Align the FDD screw hole with the drive bay lock pin. 2.8 Removing components Yo u m ay n ee d to re mo ve p re vi ous ly in st all ed sy st em c om po nen ts wh en insta lling or r emoving othe r syst em com ponents , or when repla cing a de- fective component. This section tells how to remove the following compo- nents: 1. Floppy disk drive (FDD) 2. System fan (Optional) 4. Carefully pull the FDD from the chassis. Set the FDD aside. 2. Unl ock the FD D ba y b y m oving t he d r iv e b ay l o ck t o wa r d t he direction of the front panel. 1 2 3 2.8.1 Removing the îÂÂoppy disk drive To remove the FDD: 1. Disconnect the FDD power plug and signal cable. 3. Us e t h e s cr ew dr iv e r t o r el ea se the screw. 4 3
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-22 3 4 2.8.2 Removing/Add the chassis fan (Optional) To remove the chassis fan: 1. Di sco nne ct th e cha ssi s fa n c ab le fr om th e REA R_F AN1 c onn ect or on the motherboard. 2. L o c a t e a n d r e m o v e f o u r c h a s s i s fan screws at the rear panel. Keep the screws for later use. H o l d t h e c h a s s i s f a n w i t h one hand whi le re movin g th e chassis fan screws. 2 3. Rem ove the ch assi s f an, the n se t aside. 3 3. U s e t h e s c r e w d r i v e r s e c u r e t h e screw that you removed earlier. 4. M o v e t h e d r i v e b a y l o c k t o w a r d the rear panel to secure the lock. 5. At ta ch th e FD D p owe r a nd s ig na l c a b l e s t o t h e c o n n e c t o r s a t t h e back of the drive. 3 Th e ch ass is f an is pur cha sed separately.
2-23 ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 2.9 Connecting cables The TS1 00-E4/ PI2 chass is i nclude s th e po wer and sign al c ables tha t yo u ne ed t o co nn ect t o th e mo th erb oa rd, sto ra ge d riv es , an d ot he r de vic es that you intend to install. M o s t o f t h e c a b l e s f o r t h e c h a s s is k i t a r e a l re a d y c o n n e c t e d u p o n shipment. W hen installing s ystem devices an d c onnecting cable s, make sure th at all cables a re routed pro perly for bet ter system st ability and performance. Refer to the picture below when arranging cables. Se e âÂÂC hapt er 3: M oth erbo ard inf orm atio nâ f or det aile d in for mati on on motherboard connectors. 1. 4-pin ATX 12V power plug 2. 24-pin ATX power plug 3. Floppy disk drive ribbon cable 4. Front panel USB 2.0 cable Standard cables connected to the motherboard 5. IDE signal cable 6. Serial ATA signal cables 7. System panel cable 8. System fan cables 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 8
Chapter 2: Hardware setup 2-24 1. M a t c h t h e s i d e c o v e r h o o k s t o the chassis rail on the side of the chassis. 2. F i t t h e s i d e c o v e r t h e c o v e r toward the chassis until it îÂÂts. 3. Sl ide th e cov er tow ard th e fro nt until it snaps in place. 2.10 Replacing the side cover After insta lling all co mponents and re-con necting cables , repl ace th e side cover by following these instructions. 3 1 2
This chapter gives inforamtion about the motherboard that comes with the server. This chapter includes the motherboard layout, jumper settings, and connector locations. Chapter 3 Motherboard Info
3-2 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 3.1 Motherboard overview P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 24.5cm (9.6in) 24.5cm (9.6in) ATXPWR1 P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 LGA775ll CPU_FAN1 CPU_FAN2 REAR_FAN1 REAR_FAN2 FRNT_FAN2 ATX12V1 DDRV1 FM_FRNT1 USB34 USBPW34 SA T A1 SA T A2 SA T A3 SA T A4 8Mbit Flash BIOS AUX_PANEL1 HDLED1 PRI_IDE1 RECOVERY1 CLRTC1 RAID_SEL1 VGA_EN1 FM_REAR2 BPSMB1 FM_REAR1 LAN_EN2 LAN_EN1 FM_FRNT2 PANEL1 XGIZ7 Intel ICH7R PCI3 PCIE2 PCI4 PCIE1 COM2 SB_PWR1 FLOPPY1 CR2032 3 Lithium Cell CMOS Power DDR2 DIMM_B1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A1 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_A2 (64 bit,240-pin module) DDR2 DIMM_B2 (64 bit,240-pin module) Broadcom BCM5721 Intel MCH Mukilteo 2 BUZZ1 ASMB3 KBPWR USBPW12 FM_CPU2 PSUSMB1 SUPER I/O T PM 1 FRNT_FAN1 ICS 954123BFLF PS/2KBMS T : Mouse B: Keyboard USB12 P ARALLEL POR T VGA1 COM1 LAN1 î FM_CPU1 LGA775
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-3 Layout contents R e a r p a n e l c o n n e c t o r s P a g e 1. PS/2 mouse port (green) 3-10 2. Parallel port 3-10 3. Gigabit LAN1 (RJ-45) port 3-10 4. VGA port 3-10 5. Serial (COM1) port 3-10 6. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2 3-10 7. PS/2 keyboard port (purple) 3-10 S l o t s / S o c k e t s P a g e 1. CPU socket 2-5 2. DDR2 DIMM slots 2-9 3. PCI/PCI Express slots 2-18 J u m p e r s P a g e 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC1) 3-5 2. CPU fan pin selection (3-pin FM_CPU1, FM_CPU2) 3-6 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34) 3-6 4. Keyboard/Mouse power (3-pin KBPWR1) 3-7 5. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_EN1) 3-7 6. Gigabit LAN controller setting (3-pin LAN_EN1) 3-8 7. RAID controller selection (3-pin RAID_SEL1) 3-8 8. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVERY1) 3-9
3-4 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information I n t e r n a l c o n n e c t o r s P a g e 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY1) 3-11 2. ICH7R primary IDE connectors (40-1 pin PRI_IDE1) 3-12 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) 3-13 4. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) 3-14 5. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) 3-14 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) 3-15 7. CPU and system fan connectors (3-pin CPU_FAN1/2) 3-15 8. Backplane SMBus connector (6-1 pin BPSMB1) 3-16 9. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) 3-16 10. SSI power connectors (24-pin ATXPWR1, 8-pin ATX12V2) 3-17 11. Auxiliary panel connector (20-pin AUX_PANEL1) 3-18 12. System panel connector (20-pin PANEL1) 3-19
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-5 3.2 Jumpers 1. Clear RTC RAM (CLRTC1) This jumper allows you to clear the Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM in CMOS. You can clear the CMOS memory of date, time, and system setup parameters by erasing the CMOS RTC RAM data. The onboard button cell battery powers the RAM data in CMOS, which include sys- tem setup information such as system passwords. To erase the RTC RAM: 1. Turn OFF the computer and unplug the power cord. 2. Remove the onboard battery. 3. Move the jumper cap from pins 1-2 (default) to pins 2-3. Keep the cap on pins 2-3 for about 5~10 seconds, then move the cap back to pins 1-2. 4. Re-install the battery. 5. Plug the power cord and turn ON the computer. 6. Hold down the <Del> key during the boot process and enter BIOS setup to re-enter data. Except when clearing the RTC RAM, never remove the cap on CLRTC jumper default position. Removing the cap will cause system boot failure! P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Clear RTC RAM CLR T C1 Normal (Default) Clear RTC 1 2 2 3
3-6 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 2. CPU fan pin selection (3-pin FM_CPU1, FM_CPU2) These jumpers allow you to connect either a 3-pin or a 4-pin fan cable plug to the CPU fan connectors (CPU_FAN1, CPU_FAN2). Set these jumpers to pins 1-2 if you are using a 3-pin fan cable plug, or to pins 2-3 if you are using a 4-pin plug. 3. USB device wake-up (3-pin USBPW12, USBPW34) Set these jumpers to 5V to wake up the computer from S1 sleep mode (CPU stopped, DRAM refreshed, system running in low power mode) using the connected USB devices. Set to 5VSB to wake up from S4 sleep mode (no power to CPU, DRAM in slow refresh, power supply in reduced power mode). ⢠The USB device wake-up feature requires a power supply that can provide 500mA on the 5VSB lead for each USB port; otherwise, the system would not power up. ⢠If you are using Windows 2000, you need to install Service Pack 4 to wake up the system from S4 sleep mode. ⢠The total current consumed must NOT exceed the power supply capability ( 5VSB) whether under normal condition or in sleep mode. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 USB Device W ake-Up USBPW12 (Default) 5V 5VSB 2 3 1 2 (Default) 5V 5VSB 2 3 1 2 USBPW34 P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 FM CPU Setting FM_CPU2 FM_CPU1 1 2 2 3 3-pin fan 4-pin fan (Default) 2 3 2 1 3-pin fan 4-pin fan (Default)
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-7 4. Keyboard/Mouse power (3-pin KBPWR1) This jumper allows you to enable or disable the keyboard/mouse wake-up feature. Set this jumper to pins 2-3 ( 5VSB) to wake up the computer when you press a key on the keyboard (the default is the Space Bar) or use the mouse. This feature requires an ATX power sup- ply that can supply at least 1A on the 5VSB lead, and a correspond- ing setting in the BIOS. 5. VGA controller setting (3-pin VGA_EN1) These jumpers allow you to enable or disable the onboard XGI Volari Z7 î PCI VGA controller. Set to pins 1-2 to activate the VGA feature. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Keyboard Power Setting KBPWR1 (Default) 5V 5VSB 2 3 1 2 P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 VGA Setting VGA_EN1 Enable (Default) Disable 2 1 2 3
3-8 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 6. Gigabit LAN controller setting [3-pin LAN_EN1) These jumpers allow you to enable or disable the onboard Broadcom î BCM5721 Gigabit LAN1 controller. Set to pins 1-2 to activate the Gigabit LAN controller. 7. RAID controller selection (3-pin RAID_SEL1) T hi s ju m pe r a l l ow s y o u t o s e le c t th e RA I D c on î g ur a ti o n u t il i ty to u se wh e n y ou c re a te di s k a r ra y s. P la c e t h e j u m pe r c a ps o ve r p i ns 1 -2 if y ou wa n t t o u se t he LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility (default); other - wise, place the jumper caps to pins 2-3 to use the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 LAN_EN1 Setting Enable (Default) Disable LAN_EN1 2 1 2 3 P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 RAID_SEL1 Setting RAID_SEL1 LSI RAID ROM (Default) INTEL RAID ROM 2 1 2 3
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-9 8. Force BIOS recovery setting (3-pin RECOVERY1) This jumper allows you to quickly update or recover the BIOS when it gets corrupted. To update the BIOS: 1. Prepare a îÂÂoppy disk that contains the latest BIOS for the mothe r - board (xxxx-xxx.ROM) and the AFUDOS.EXE utility. 2. Set the jumper to pins 2-3. 3. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk then turn on the system to update the BIOS. 4. Shut down the system. 5. Set the jumper back to pins 1-2. 6. Turn on the system. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 BIOS Recovery Setting RECOVERY1 (Default) Normal BIOS recovery 2 3 2 1
3-10 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 3.3 Connectors 3.3.1 Rear panel connectors 1 5 6 4 3 7 2 1. PS/2 mouse port (green). This port is for a PS/2 mouse. 2. Parallel port. This 25-pin port connects a parallel printer, a scanner, or other devices. 3. Gigabit LAN1 (RJ-45) port. This ports allow Gigabit connection to a Local Area Network (LAN) through a network hub. Refer to the table below for the LAN port LED indications. 4. VGA port. This port is for a VGA monitor or other VGA-compatible devices. 5. Serial (COM1) port. This 9-pin communication port is for pointing de- vices or other serial devices. 6. USB 2.0 ports 1 and 2. These two 4-pin Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports are available for connecting USB 2.0 devices. 7. PS/2 keyboard port (purple). This port is for a PS/2 keyboard. A C T / L I N K L E D S P E E D L E D S t a t u s D e s c r i p t i o n S t a t u s D e s c r i p t i o n OFF No link OFF 10 Mbps connection GREEN Linked ORANGE 100 Mbps connection BLINKING Data activity GREEN 1 Gbps connection LAN port LED indications LAN port SPEED LED ACT/LINK LED
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-11 3.3.2 Internal connectors 1. Floppy disk drive connector (34-1 pin FLOPPY1) This connector is for the provided Floppy Disk Drive (FDD) signal cable. Insert one end of the cable to this connector, then connect the other end to the signal connector at the back of the îÂÂoppy disk drive. Pin 5 on the connector is removed to prevent incorrect cable connection when using a FDD cable with a covered Pin 5. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Floppy Disk Drive Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings o n the floppy ribbon cable to PIN 1. FLOPPY1 PIN 1
3-12 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 2. ICH7R primary IDE connector (40-1 pin PRI_IDE1) Thi s co nnec tor is fo r an Ult ra D MA 10 0/66 sig nal cabl e. T he Ultr a DMA 100/66 signal cable has three connectors: a blue connector for the primary IDE connector on the motherboard, a black connector for an Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE slave device (optical drive/hard disk drive), and a gray connector for an Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE master device (hard disk drive). If you install two hard disk drives, you must conîÂÂg - ure the second drive as a slave device by setting its jumper accord- ingly. Refer to the hard disk documentation for the jumper settings. ⢠Pin 20 on the IDE connector is removed to match the covered hole on the Ultra DMA cable connector. This prevents incorrect insertion when you connect the IDE cable. ⢠Use the 80-conductor IDE cable for Ultra DMA 100/66 IDE devices. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 IDE Connector NOTE: Orient the red markings (usually zigzag) on the IDE ribbon cable to PIN 1. PRI_IDE1 P IN 1
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-13 3. Serial ATA connectors (7-pin SATA1, SATA2, SATA3, SATA4) These connectors are for the Serial ATA signal cables for Serial ATA hard disk drives. If you installed Serial ATA hard disk drives, you can create a RAID 0 and RAID 1 conîÂÂguration using the Intel î Matrix Storage Technology or the LSI MegaRAID î utility embedded in the Intel î ICH7R Southbridge. Serial ATA hard disk drive connection C o n n e c t o r S e t t i n g U s e SATA1/SATA2 Master Boot disk SATA3/SATA4 Slave Data disk The se co nnec tor s are set IDE m ode b y de fault . In IDE m ode, you c an con nect Seri al ATA b oot/ dat a har d di sk drive s to th ese c onnec tors . If you int end t o cr eat e a S eria l A TA RA ID s et using the se conne ctor s, set t he ConîÂÂgure SATA as item in the BIOS to [RAID]. See section âÂÂ4.3.4 IDE ConîÂÂgurationâ for details. Important notes on Serial ATA ⢠Use only two Serial ATA RAID connectors for each RAID 0 or RAID 1 set. ⢠Wh en us in g the c onn ec to rs in ID E mo de, c onn ec t t he p rim ar y ( bo ot ) ha rd d is k dr iv e to t he S AT A1 o r S AT A2 co nn ect or . R ef er to t he ta bl e be lo w fo r th e re co mm en de d SATA hard disk drive connections. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 SA T A Connectors SA T A 1 GN D RS A T A _ TXP 1 RS A T A _ TXN 1 GN D RS A T A _ RXP 1 RS A T A _ RXN 1 GN D SA T A 2 GN D RS A T A _ TXP 2 RS A T A _ TXN 2 GN D RS A T A _ RXP 2 RS A T A _ RXN 2 GN D SA T A 3 GN D RS A T A _ TXP 3 RS A T A _ TXN 3 GN D RS A T A _ RXP 3 RS A T A _ RXN 3 GN D SA T A 4 GN D RS A T A _ TXP 4 RS A T A _ TXN 4 GN D RS A T A _ RXP 4 RS A T A _ RXN 4 GN D
3-14 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 4. Hard disk activity LED connector (4-pin HDLED1) This connector supplies power to the hard disk activity LED. The read or write activities of any device connected to the SCSI connectors or the SATA connectors cause this LED to light up. 5. USB connector (10-1 pin USB34) This connector is for USB 2.0 ports. This USB connector complies with USB 2.0 speciîÂÂcation that supports up to 480 Mbps connection speed. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 SCSI/SA T A Card Activity LED Connector HDLED1 1 ADD_IN_CARD_ACT# NC ADD_IN_CARD_ACT# NC P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 USB 2.0 Connector USB 5V USB_P4- USB_P4 GND NC USB34 USB 5V USB_P3- USB_P3 GND
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-15 6. Serial port connector (10-1 pin COM2) This connector is for a serial (COM) port. Connect the serial port mod- ule cable to this connector, then install the module to a slot opening at the back of the system chassis. The serial port module is purchased separately. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Serial Port2 (COM2) Connector PIN 1 COM2 7. CPU and system fan connectors (3-pin CPU_FAN1, CPU_FAN2) The fan con necto rs s uppo rt c oolin g fa ns o f 35 0 mA ~ 740 mA (8.88 W max.) or a total of 2.1 A ~ 4.44 A (53.28 W max.) at 12V. Con- nect the fan cables to the fan connectors on the motherboard, making sure that the black wire of each cable matches the ground pin of the connector. Do not forget to connect the fan cables to the fan connectors. Insufî - cient air îÂÂow inside the system may damage the motherboard com - ponents. These are not jumpers! Do not place jumper caps on the fan connectors! P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 CPU Fan connectors GND F ANPWR2 GND F ANPWR2 F AN_PWM CPU_F A N2 CPU_F A N1 F AN_PWM
3-16 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 8. Backplane SMBus connector (6-1 pin BPSMB1) This connector allows you to connect SMBus (System Management Bus) devices. Devices communicate with an SMBus host and/or other SMBus devices using the SMBus interface. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 SMBus Connector BPSMB1 1 I2C_CLK GND I2C_DA TA 5V F AN_DC1 9. Power supply SMBus connector (5-pin PSUSMB1) This connector is for the power supply SMB cable, if your power supply supports the SMBus function. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Power Supply SMBus Connector PSUSMB1 3.3V Remote Sense GND NC PSU_I2CDA T A PSU_I2CCLK
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-17 10. Pow er c on ne ct or s ( 24 -p in A TX PW R1 , 4-pin ATX12V2) T h e s e c o n n e c t o r s a r e f o r p o w e r s u p p l y p lu g s . T h e p o w e r su p p l y p l u g s a r e d e s i g n e d t o î t t h e s e c o n n e c t o r s i n o n l y o n e o r i e n t a t i o n . F i n d t h e p r o p e r o r i e n t a t i o n a n d p u s h d o w n î r m l y u n t i l t he c o n n e c t o r s c o mp l e t e l y î t . ⢠Use of an 12 V SpeciîÂÂcation 2.0âÂÂcompliant power supply unit (PSU) that provides a minimum power of 250 W is recommended for a fullyâÂÂconîÂÂgured system. ⢠Do not forget to connect the 4âÂÂpin ATX 12 V power plug; other - wise, the system will not boot up. ⢠We recommend that you use a P SU wi th a h ig he r po we r ou tp ut wh en co nî gu ri ng a s ys te m wi th m or e po we r co ns umi ng d evi ce s. Th e sys te m ma y be co me u ns ta bl e or m ay n ot bo ot up i f t he p owe r is in ad equ at e. ⢠You must install a PSU with a higher power rating if you intend to install additional devices. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 A TX Power Connectors 24-pin Power Connector A TXPWR1 3 V olts 3 V olts Ground 5 V olts 5 V olts Ground Ground Power OK 5V Standby 12 V olts -5 V olts 5 V olts 3 V olts -12 V olts Ground Ground Ground PSON# Ground 5 V olts 12 V olts 3 V olts 5 V olts 1 Ground A TX12V1 12V DC GND 12V DC GND
3-18 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information 11. Auxiliary panel connector (20-pin AUX_PANEL1) This connector is for additional front panel features including front panel SMB, locator LED and switch, chassis intrusion, and LAN LEDs. ⢠Front panel SMB (6-1 pin FPSMB) These leads connect the front panel SMBus cable. ⢠LAN activity LED (2-pin LAN1_LED, LAN2_LED) These leads are for Gigabit LAN activity LEDs on the front panel. ⢠Chassis intrusion (2-pin CHASSIS) These leads are for the intrusion detection feature for chassis with intrusion sensor or microswitch. When you remove any chassis compo- nent, the sensor triggers and sends a high-level signal to these leads to record a chassis intrusion event. ⢠Locator LED (6-pin LOCATOR) These leads are for the locator switch and LED on the front panel. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 Auxiliary Panel Connector AUX_P ANEL1 I2C_4_DA T A# LOCA TORLED1 5VSB LOCA TORLED1- LAN1_LINKACTLED LOCA TORBTN# LAN1_LINKACTLED- GND 5VSB I2C_4_CLK# GND GND LAN2_LINKACTLED- LOCA TORLED2- LAN2_LINKACTLED LOCA TORLED2 CASEOPEN PIN1 NC
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 3-19 12. System panel connector (20-pin PANEL1) This connector supports several chassis-mounted functions. ⢠System power LED (Green 3-pin PLED) This 3-pin connector is for the system power LED. Connect the chas- sis power LED cable to this connector. The system power LED lights up when you turn on the system power, and blinks when the system is in sleep mode. ⢠Message LED (Brown 2-pin MLED) This connector is for the message LED cable that connects to the front message LED. The message LED indicates the booting status. The LED blinks when the system is in the boot process until the oper- ating system is loaded. ⢠Hard disk drive activity LED (Red 2-pin IDE_LED) This 2-pin connector is for the HDD Activity LED. Connect the HDD Activity LED cable to this connector. The IDE LED lights up or îÂÂashes when data is read from or written to the HDD. ⢠System warning speaker (Orange 4-pin SPEAKER) This 4-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted system warning speaker. The speaker allows you to hear system beeps and warnings. ⢠ATX power button/soft-off button (Light Green 2-pin PWRSW) This connector is for the system power button. Pressing the power button turns the system on or puts the system in sleep or soft-off mode depending on the BIOS settings. Pressing the power switch for more than four seconds while the system is ON turns the system OFF. ⢠Reset button (Blue 2-pin RESET) This 2-pin connector is for the chassis-mounted reset button for sys- tem reboot without turning off the system power. The system panel connector is color-coded for easy connection. P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 î P5M2-M/C_TS100-E4 System Panel Connector P ANEL1 MLED- GND NC POWERBTN# 5V GND GND NC POWERLED HDLED NC HDLED- POWERLED- MLED NMIBTN# GND RESETBTN# SPKROUT GND
3-20 Chapter 3: Motherboard Information
This chapter tells how to change the system settings through the BIOS Setup menus. Detailed de- scriptions of the BIOS parameters are also provided. Chapter 4 BIOS Setup
4-2 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1 Managing and updating your BIOS The following utilities allow you to manage and update the motherboard Basic Input/Output System (BIOS) setup. 1. ASUS AFUDOS (Updates the BIOS in DOS mode using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk.) 2. ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 (Updates the BIOS using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk or the motherboard support CD when the BIOS îÂÂle fails or gets cor - rupted.) 3. ASUS Update (Updates the BIOS in Windows î environment.) Refer to the corresponding sections for details on these utilities. 4.1.1 Creating a bootable îÂÂoppy disk To create a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in a DOS environement: a. Insert a 1.44MB îÂÂoppy disk into the drive. b. At the DOS prompt, type format A:/S then press <Enter>. Save a copy of the original motherboard BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk in case you need to restore the BIOS in the future. Copy the original motherboard BIOS using the ASUS Update or AFUDOS utilities.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-3 4.1.2 AFUDOS utility The AFUDOS utility allows you to update the BIOS îÂÂle in DOS environment using a bootable îÂÂoppy disk with the updated BIOS îÂÂle. This utility also al - lows you to copy the current BIOS îÂÂle that you can use as backup when the BIOS fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. Copying the current BIOS To copy the current BIOS îÂÂle using the AFUDOS utility: The utility returns to the DOS prompt after copying the current BIOS îÂÂle. 3. Press <Enter>. The utility copies the current BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk. A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom AMI Firmware Update Utility - Version 1.19(ASUS V2.07(03.11.24BB)) Copyright (C) 2002 American Megatrends, Inc. All rights reserved. î ReadingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ.....îÂÂdone î WriteîÂÂtoîÂÂî¿le......îÂÂok A:\> 1. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier. 2. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudosîÂÂ/o[î¿lename] where the [îÂÂlename] is any userâÂÂassigned îÂÂlename not more than eight alphanumeric characters for the main îÂÂlename and three alpha - numeric characters for the extension name. ⢠Make sure that the îÂÂoppy disk is not writeâÂÂprotected and has at least 1024 KB free space to save the îÂÂle. ⢠The succeeding BIOS screens are for reference only. The actual BIOS screen displays may not be same as shown. Main îÂÂlename Extension name A:\>afudos /oOLDBIOS1.rom
4-4 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 2. Copy the AFUDOS utility (afudos.exe) from the motherboard support CD to the bootable îÂÂoppy disk you created earlier. 3. Boot the system in DOS mode, then at the prompt type: afudosîÂÂ/i[î¿lename] where [îÂÂlename] is the latest or the original BIOS îÂÂle on the bootable îÂÂoppy disk. Updating the BIOS î¿le To update the BIOS îÂÂle using the AFUDOS utility: 1. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) and download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for the motherboard. Save the BIOS îÂÂle to a bootable îÂÂoppy disk. A:\>afudos /iTS100-E4.ROM Write the BIOS îÂÂlename on a piece of paper. You need to type the exact BIOS îÂÂlename at the DOS prompt. A:\>afudos /iTS100-E4.ROM AM I Fi rm wa re U pd at e Ut il it y - Ve rs io n 1. 19 (A SU S V2 .0 7( 03 .1 1. 24 BB )) Co pyr igh t (C) 20 02 Am eri ca n M ega tr end s, In c. All r igh ts re ser ved . î WARNING!!îÂÂDoîÂÂnotîÂÂturnîÂÂoffîÂÂpowerîÂÂduringîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂBIOS î ReadingîÂÂî¿leîÂÂ.......îÂÂdone î ReadingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î AdvanceîÂÂCheckîÂÂ...... î ErasingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î WritingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂ0x0008CC00îÂÂ(9%) 4. The utility veriîÂÂes the îÂÂle and starts updating the BIOS. Do not shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS to pre- vent system boot failure!
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-5 5. The utility returns to the DOS prompt after the BIOS update process is completed. Reboot the system from the hard disk drive. A:\>afudos /iTS100-E4.ROM AM I Fi rm wa re U pd at e Ut il it y - Ve rs io n 1. 19 (A SU S V2 .0 7( 03 .1 1. 24 BB )) Co pyr igh t (C) 20 02 Am eri ca n M ega tr end s, In c. All r igh ts re ser ved . î WARNING!!îÂÂDoîÂÂnotîÂÂturnîÂÂoffîÂÂpowerîÂÂduringîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂBIOS î ReadingîÂÂî¿leîÂÂ.......îÂÂdone î ReadingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î AdvanceîÂÂCheckîÂÂ...... î ErasingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î WritingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ......îÂÂdone î VerifyingîÂÂîÂÂashîÂÂ....îÂÂdone Please restart your computer A:\> Updating the BIOS î¿le using a USB îÂÂash drive If you have not purchased a USB îÂÂoppy disk drive, you may update the BIOS îÂÂle using a USB îÂÂash drive. Format the USB îÂÂash drive to FAT16 or 32 system îÂÂle before updating the BIOS. To format the USB îÂÂash drive to a FAT32/16 system îÂÂle: 1. Insert the USB îÂÂash drive to an available USB port. 2. From the Windows desktop, click Start, then select My computer. 3. RightâÂÂclick the USB îÂÂash drive icon, then select Format from the menu. 4. From the File system îÂÂeld, select FAT32 or FAT16, then click the Start button. To update the BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Copy the original or the latest BIOS îÂÂle and the AFUDOS utility (afudos. exe) to the USB îÂÂash drive. 2. Insert the USB îÂÂash drive to an available USB port, then place the moth - erboard support CD to the optical drive. 3. Boot the system from the support CD, then select the FreeDOS com- mand prompt. 4. At the DOS prompt, replace the prompt with the USB îÂÂash disk drive letter, then type: afudosîÂÂ/i[î¿lename] 5. Follow the instructions in the previous section to update the BIOS îÂÂle.
4-6 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.1.3 ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 utility The ASUS CrashFree BIOS 2 is an auto recovery tool that allows you to restore the BIOS îÂÂle when it fails or gets corrupted during the updating process. You can update a corrupted BIOS îÂÂle using the motherboard sup - port CD or the îÂÂoppy disk that contains the updated BIOS îÂÂle. Recovering the BIOS from a îÂÂoppy disk To recover the BIOS from a îÂÂoppy disk: 1. Turn on the system. 2. Insert the îÂÂoppy disk with the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the îÂÂoppy disk for the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle. BadîÂÂBIOSîÂÂchecksum.îÂÂStartingîÂÂBIOSîÂÂrecovery... CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂîÂÂoppy... 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process. BadîÂÂBIOSîÂÂchecksum.îÂÂStartingîÂÂBIOSîÂÂrecovery... CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂîÂÂoppy... Floppy found! ReadingîÂÂî¿leîÂÂâÂÂTS100-E4.ROMâÂÂ.îÂÂCompleted. StartîÂÂîÂÂashing... When found, the utility reads the BIOS îÂÂle and starts îÂÂashing the corrupted BIOS îÂÂle. DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! ⢠Prepare the motherboard support CD or the îÂÂoppy disk containing the updated motherboard BIOS before using this utility. ⢠Make sure that you rename the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle in the îÂÂoppy disk to TS100-E4.ROM.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-7 Recovering the BIOS from the support CD To recover the BIOS from the support CD: 1. Remove any îÂÂoppy disk from the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then turn on the system. 2. Insert the support CD to the optical drive. 3. The utility displays the following message and automatically checks the îÂÂoppy disk for the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle. The recovered BIOS may not be the latest BIOS version for this mother- board. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle. BadîÂÂBIOSîÂÂchecksum.îÂÂStartingîÂÂBIOSîÂÂrecovery... CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂîÂÂoppy... Floppy not found! CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂCD-ROM... CD-ROM found! ReadingîÂÂî¿leîÂÂâÂÂTS100-E4.ROMâÂÂ.îÂÂCompleted. StartîÂÂîÂÂashing... When no îÂÂoppy disk is found, the utility automatically checks the optical drive for the original or updated BIOS îÂÂle. The utility then updates the cor - rupted BIOS îÂÂle. BadîÂÂBIOSîÂÂchecksum.îÂÂStartingîÂÂBIOSîÂÂrecovery... CheckingîÂÂforîÂÂîÂÂoppy... DO NOT shut down or reset the system while updating the BIOS! Doing so can cause system boot failure! 4. Restart the system after the utility completes the updating process.
4-8 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Installing ASUS Update To install ASUS Update: 1. Place the support CD in the optical drive. The Drivers menu appears. 2. Click the Utilities tab, then click Install ASUS Update VX.XX.XX. 3. The ASUS Update utility is copied to your system. 4.1.4 ASUS Update utility The ASUS Update is a utility that allows you to manage, save, and update the motherboard BIOS in Windows î environment. The ASUS Update utility allows you to: ⢠Save the current BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the Internet ⢠Update the BIOS from an updated BIOS îÂÂle ⢠Update the BIOS directly from the Internet, and ⢠View the BIOS version information. This utility is available in the support CD that comes with the motherboard package. Quit all Microsoft î Windows î applications before you update the BIOS using this utility. ASUS Update requires an Internet connection either through a network or an Internet Service Provider (ISP).
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-9 3. Select the ASUS FTP site near- est you to avoid network trafîÂÂc, or click Auto Select. Click Next. Updating the BIOS through the Internet To update the BIOS through the Internet: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by click- ing Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from the Internet option from the drop-down menu, then click Next.
4-10 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Updating the BIOS through a BIOS î¿le To update the BIOS through a BIOS îÂÂle: 1. Launch the ASUS Update utility from the Windows î desktop by click- ing Start > Programs > ASUS > ASUSUpdate > ASUSUpdate. The ASUS Update main window appears. 2. Select Update BIOS from a îÂÂle option from the drop-down menu, then click Next. 4. From the FTP site, select the BIOS version that you wish to down- load. Click Next. 5. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process. The ASUS Update utility is capable of updating itself through the Internet. Always update the utility to avail all its features. 3. Locate the BIOS îÂÂle from the Open window, then click Save. 4. Follow the screen instructions to complete the update process.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-11 4.2 BIOS setup program This motherboard supports a programmable Low-Pin Count (LPC) chip that you can update using the provided utility described in section âÂÂ4.1 Manag- ing and updating your BIOS.â Use the BIOS Setup program when you are installing a motherboard, re- conîÂÂguring your system, or prompted toâÂÂRun Setup.â This section explains how to conîÂÂgure your system using this utility. Even if you are not prompted to use the Setup program, you can change the conîÂÂguration of your computer in the future. For example, you can enable the security password feature or change the power management settings. This requires you to reconîÂÂgure your system using the BIOS Setup program so that the computer can recognize these changes and record them in the CMOS RAM of the LPC chip. The LPC chip on the motherboard stores the Setup utility. When you start up the computer, the system provides you with the opportunity to run this program. Press <Del> during the Power-On Self-Test (POST) to enter the Setup utility; otherwise, POST continues with its test routines. If you wish to enter Setup after POST, reboot the system by doing any of the following procedures: ⢠Restart using the OS standard shut-down procedure. ⢠Press <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del> simultaneously. ⢠Press the reset button on the system chassis. ⢠Press the power button to turn the system off then back on. Using the power button, reset button, or the <Ctrl> <Alt> <Del> keys to force reset from a running operating system can cause damage to your data or system. We recommend to always shut-down the system properly from the operating system. The Setup program is designed to make it as easy to use as possible. Being a menu-driven program, it lets you scroll through the various sub-menus and make your selections from the available options using the navigation keys. ⢠The default BIOS settings for this motherboard apply for most conditions to ensure optimum performance. If the system becomes unstable after changing any BIOS settings, load the default settings to ensure system compatibility and stability. Select the Load Default Settings item under the Exit Menu. See section âÂÂ5.8 Exit Menu.â â¢ The BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference purposes only, and may not exactly match what you see on your screen. ⢠Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) to download the latest BIOS îÂÂle for this motherboard.
4-12 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.2.2 Menu bar The menu bar on top of the screen has the following main items: Main For changing the basic system conîÂÂguration Advanced For changing the advanced system settings Power For changing the Advanced Power Management (APM) conîÂÂguration Boot For changing the system boot conîÂÂguration Exit For selecting the exit options and loading default settings To select an item on the menu bar, press the right or left arrow key on the keyboard until the desired item is highlighted. 4.2.3 Navigation keys At the bottom right corner of a menu screen are the navigation keys for that particular menu. Use the navigation keys to select items in the menu and change the settings. 4.2.1 BIOS menu screen Some of the navigation keys differ from one screen to another. Navigation keys Sub-menu items SystemîÂÂTimeî î [11:10:19] SystemîÂÂDateî î [TueîÂÂ01/01/2002] LegacyîÂÂDisketteîÂÂAî î [Disabled] î PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î ThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î ThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î FourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] FourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î IDEîÂÂConî¿guration System Information General help Menu bar ConîÂÂguration îÂÂelds Menu items Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. UseîÂÂ[ENTER].îÂÂ[TAB],î orîÂÂ[SHIFT-TAB]îÂÂtoî selectîÂÂaîÂÂî¿eld. UseîÂÂ[ ]îÂÂorîÂÂ[-]îÂÂtoî conî¿gureîÂÂsystemîÂÂtime. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂAdvancedîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂPowerîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-13 4.2.4 Menu items The highlighted item on the menu bar displays the speciîÂÂc items for that menu. For example, selecting Main shows the Main menu items. The other items (Advanced, Power, Boot, and Exit) on the menu bar have their respective menu items. 4.2.5 Sub-menu items A solid triangle before each item on any menu screen means that the iteam has a sub-menu. To display the sub-menu, select the item and press <Enter>. 4.2.6 Conî¿guration î¿elds These îÂÂelds show the values for the menu items. If an item is userâÂÂconîÂÂgu - rable, you can change the value of the îÂÂeld opposite the item. You cannot select an item that is not userâÂÂconîÂÂgurable. A conîÂÂgurable îÂÂeld is enclosed in brackets, and is highlighted when select - ed. To change the value of a îÂÂeld, select it then press <Enter> to display a list of options. Refer to âÂÂ5.2.7 Pop-up window.â 4.2.7 Pop-up window Select a menu item then press <Enter> to display a pop-up window with the conîÂÂguration options for that item. 4.2.8 Scroll bar A scroll bar appears on the right side of a menu screen when there are items that do not îÂÂt on the screen. Press the Up/Down arrow keys or <Page Up> /<Page Down> keys to display the other items on the screen. 4.2.9 General help At the top right corner of the menu screen is a brief description of the selected item. Main menu items SystemîÂÂTimeîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[11:10:19] SystemîÂÂDateîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[TueîÂÂ01/01/2002] LegacyîÂÂDisketteîÂÂAîÂÂ[1.44M,îÂÂ3.5îÂÂin] PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂMaster:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂPrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂFourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂFourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:[NotîÂÂDetected] îÂÂIDEîÂÂConî¿guration System Information BIOS SETUP UTILITY îÂÂîÂÂMainîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂAdvancedîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂPowerîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit UseîÂÂ[ENTER],îÂÂ[TAB],î orîÂÂ[SHIFT-TAB]îÂÂtoî selectîÂÂaîÂÂî¿eld. UseîÂÂ[ ]îÂÂorîÂÂ[-]îÂÂtoî conî¿gureîÂÂsystemî time. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit APMîÂÂConî¿guration PowerîÂÂManagement/APMî [Enabled] VideoîÂÂPowerîÂÂDownîÂÂModeî [Suspend] HardîÂÂDiskîÂÂPowerîÂÂDownîÂÂModeî [Suspend] SuspendîÂÂTimeîÂÂOut(Minute)î [Disabled] ThrottleîÂÂSlowîÂÂClockîÂÂRatioî [50%] PowerîÂÂButtonîÂÂFunctionî [On/Off] RestoreîÂÂonîÂÂACîÂÂPowerîÂÂLossî [PowerîÂÂOff] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂbyîÂÂPS/2îÂÂKeyboardî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂbyîÂÂPS/2îÂÂMouseî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂRingî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂPME#î [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂRTCîÂÂAlarmî [Disabled] UseîÂÂ[ENTER],îÂÂ[TAB],î orîÂÂ[SHIFT-TAB]îÂÂtoî selectîÂÂaîÂÂî¿eld. UseîÂÂ[ ]îÂÂorîÂÂ[-]îÂÂtoî conî¿gureîÂÂsystemî time. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Scroll bar Pop-up window
4-14 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3 Main menu When you enter the BIOS Setup program, the Main menu screen appears, giving you an overview of the basic system information. 4.3.1 System Time [xx:xx:xx] Allows you to set the system time. 4.3.2 System Date [Day xx/xx/xxxx] Allows you to set the system date. 4.3.3 Legacy Diskette A [Enabled] Sets the type of îÂÂoppy drive installed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [360K, 5.25 in.] [1.2M , 5.25 in.] [720K , 3.5 in.] [1.44M, 3.5 in.] [2.88M, 3.5 in.] Refer to section âÂÂ5.2.1 BIOS menu screenâ for information on the menu screen items and how to navigate through them. v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. SystemîÂÂTimeî î [11:10:19] SystemîÂÂDateî î [TueîÂÂ01/01/2002] LegacyîÂÂDisketteîÂÂAî î [Enabled] î PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î PrimaryîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î ThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î ThirdîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î FourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂMasterî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] FourthîÂÂIDEîÂÂSlaveî :î [NotîÂÂDetected] î IDEîÂÂConî¿guration System Information Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit UseîÂÂ[ENTER].îÂÂ[TAB],î orîÂÂ[SHIFT-TAB]îÂÂtoî selectîÂÂaîÂÂî¿eld. UseîÂÂ[ ]îÂÂorîÂÂ[-]îÂÂtoî conî¿gureîÂÂsystemîÂÂtime. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂAdvancedîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂPowerîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-15 4.3.4 Primary, Third, Fourth IDE Master/Slave The BIOS automatically detects the connected IDE devices. There is a separate sub-menu for each IDE device. Select a device item, then press <Enter> to display the IDE device information. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. Primary IDE Master Device : Not Detected Typeî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Auto] LBA/LargeîÂÂModeî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Auto] Block(Multi-sectorîÂÂTransfer)Mî [Auto] PIOîÂÂModeî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Auto] DMAîÂÂModeî î [Auto] SMARTîÂÂMonitoringî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Auto] 32BitîÂÂDataîÂÂTransferî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Enabled] Select the type of device connected to the system. The BIOS automatically detects the values opposite the dimmed items (Device, Vendor, Size, LBA Mode, Block Mode, PIO Mode, Async DMA, Ultra DMA, and SMART monitoring). These values are not userâÂÂconîÂÂgurable. These items show N/A if no IDE device is installed in the system. Type [Auto] Selects the type of IDE drive. Setting to [Auto] allows automatic selection of the appropriate IDE device type. Select [CDROM] if you are speciîÂÂcally conîÂÂguring a CDâÂÂROM drive. Select [ARMD] (ATAPI Removable Media De - vice) if your device is either a ZIP, LS-120, or MO drive. ConîÂÂguration options: [Not Installed] [Auto] [CDROM] [ARMD] LBA/Large Mode [Auto] Enables or disables the LBA mode. Setting to [Auto] enables the LBA mode if the device supports this mode, and if the device was not previously for- matted with LBA mode disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto] Block (Multi-sector Transfer) [Auto] Enables or disables data multi-sectors transfers. When set to [Auto], the data transfer from and to the device occurs multiple sectors at a time if the device supports multi-sector transfer feature. When set to [Disabled], the data transfer from and to the device occurs one sector at a time. Con- îÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Auto]
4-16 Chapter 4: BIOS setup PIO Mode [Auto] Selects the PIO mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] DMA Mode [Auto] Selects the DMA mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [SWDMA0] [SWD - MA1] [SWDMA2] [MWDMA0] [MWDMA1] [MWDMA2] [UDMA0] [UDMA1] [UDMA2] [UDMA3] [UDMA4] [UDMA5] SMART Monitoring [Auto] Sets the Smart Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology. ConîÂÂgura - tion options: [Auto] [Disabled] [Enabled] 32Bit Data Transfer [Enabled] Enables or disables 32-bit data transfer. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Conî¿gure SATA As [Standard IDE] Sets the conîÂÂguration for the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge chip. If you want to use the Serial ATA hard disk drives as Parallel ATA physical storage devices, set this item to [Standard IDE]. Onboard IDE Oper ate Mode [Enhanced Mode] 4.3.5 IDE Conî¿guration The items in this menu allow you to set or change the conîÂÂgurations for the IDE devices installed in the system. Select an item then press <Enter> if you wish to conîÂÂgure the item. IDEîÂÂConî¿guration Conî¿gureîÂÂSATAîÂÂasî [StandardîÂÂIDE] OnboardîÂÂIDEîÂÂOperateîÂÂModeî î [EnhancedîÂÂMode] î EnhancedîÂÂModeîÂÂSupportîÂÂOnî [S-ATA] IDEîÂÂDetectîÂÂTimeîÂÂOutîÂÂ(Sec)îÂÂî [35] SetîÂÂ[CompatibleîÂÂMode]î when Legacy OS (i.e. WINîÂÂME,îÂÂ98,îÂÂNT4.0,îÂÂMSî DOS)is used. SetîÂÂ[EnhancedîÂÂMode]î when Native OS (i.e. WIN2000, WIN XP) is used. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-17 Allows selection of the onboard IDE operation mode depending on the installed operating system (OS). Set to [Enhanced] if you are using native OS, e.g. Windowsî 2000/XP. Set to [Compatible] if you are using legacy OS, e.g. Windows ME/98/NT, MSâÂÂDOS. ConîÂÂguration op - tions: [Disabled] [Compatible] [Enhanced] Set ConîÂÂgure SATA As to [RAID], if you want to create a RAID 0 or RAID1, conîÂÂgurations using the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager or if you want to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 conîÂÂgurations using the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility. OnBoard Serial- A T A BOOTROM [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Onboard Serial-ATA BOOTROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The AHCI allows the onboard storage driver to enable advanced Serial ATA features that enhance storage performance on random workloads by allow- ing the drive to internally optimize the order of commands. If you want the Serial ATA hard disk drives to use the Advanced Host Con- troller Interface (AHCI), set this item to [AHCI]. For details on AHCI, go to: www.intel.com/support/chipsets/imst/sb/CS-012304.htm www.intel.com/support/chipsets/imst/sb/CS-012305.htm The SATA controller is set to Native mode when this item is set to [RAID] or [AHCI]. ALPE and ASP [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Aggressive Link Power Manage- ment and Aggressive Slumber/Partial Enabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] StaggerîÂÂSpinupîÂÂSupportîÂÂ[Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Stagger Spinup support function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AHCI P ort 3 Interlock Switch [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable AHCI Port 3 Interlock Switch. ConîÂÂgu - ration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set the item ConîÂÂgure SATA as to [RAID] if you want to use or conîÂÂg- ure the SATA connectors under SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9.0 SP1 operating system environment. Due to the OS limitation, you must set a SATA RAID to use any SATA device (at least two SATA devices are needed for the RAID conîÂÂguration). Refer to Chapter 5 and Chapter 6 for details on how to set a SATA RAID.
4-18 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.3.6 System Information This menu gives you an overview of the general system speciîÂÂcations. The BIOS automatically detects the items in this menu. AMI BIOS Displays the auto-detected BIOS information. Processor Displays the autoâÂÂdetected CPU speciîÂÂcation. System Memory Displays the auto-detected total system memory. AMIBIOS Version : 0115 BuildîÂÂDateî :î 08/14/06 Processor Typeî :î GenuineîÂÂIntel(R)îÂÂCPUîÂÂ2.80GHz Speedî :î 2800îÂÂMHz Count : 2 System Memory UsableîÂÂSizeî :î 1024MB Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-19 4.4 Advanced menu The Advanced menu items allow you to change the settings for the CPU and other system devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the Advanced menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit Conî¿gureîÂÂtheîÂÂMulti- ProcessorîÂÂTable. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced PowerîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced EnablesîÂÂUSBîÂÂhostî contoller. USBîÂÂConî¿guration Module Version - 2.24.0-10.4 USBîÂÂDevicesîÂÂEnabled:î None USBîÂÂFunctionî [4îÂÂUSBîÂÂPorts] LegacyîÂÂUSBîÂÂSupportî [Enabled] USB2.0îÂÂControllerî [Enabled] USB2.0îÂÂControllerîÂÂmodeî [HiSpeed] BIOSîÂÂEHCIîÂÂHand-Offî [Enabled] 4.4.1 USB Conî¿guration USB Function [4 USB Ports] Allows you to enable a speciîÂÂc number of USB ports, or disable the USB function. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [2 USB Ports] [4 USB Ports] î USBîÂÂConî¿gurationî î MPSîÂÂConî¿guration î RemoteîÂÂAccessîÂÂConî¿guration î TrustedîÂÂConî¿guration î CPUîÂÂConî¿guration Chipset î OnboardîÂÂDevicedîÂÂConî¿guration PCIPnP
4-20 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Select MPS Revision. MPSîÂÂConî¿guration MPSîÂÂRevisionî [1.4] 4.4.2 MPS Conî¿guration MPS Revision [1.4] Allows you to select the multi-processor system version. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.1] [1.4] When USB Function set to 2 USB Ports or 4 USB Ports, the following items appear. LegacyîÂÂUSBîÂÂSupportîÂÂ[Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable support for legacy USB. The AUTO option disables legacy support if there is no USB device connected. ConîÂÂguration options: [AUTO] [2 USB Ports] [4 USB Ports] USB 2.0 Controller [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the USB 2.0 controller. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] USB2.0 Controller mode [HiSpeed] Allows you to select the USB2.0 controller mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [HiSpeed] [FullSpeed] BIOS EHCI Hand-Off [Enabled] Allows yout to enable or disable the BIOS EHCI Hand-Off support func- tion. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-21 Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Select Remote Access type. Conî¿gureîÂÂRemoteîÂÂAccessîÂÂtypeîÂÂandîÂÂparameters RemoteîÂÂAccessî [Enabled] SerialîÂÂportîÂÂnumberî [COM1] î BaseîÂÂAddress,îÂÂIRQî [3F8h,4] SerialîÂÂPortîÂÂModeî [115200îÂÂ8,îÂÂn,1] FlowîÂÂControlî [None] RedirectionîÂÂAfterîÂÂBIOSîÂÂPOSTî [Always] TerminalîÂÂTypeî [ANSI] VT-UTF8îÂÂComboîÂÂKeyîÂÂSupportî [Enabled] MediaîÂÂTypeî [Serial] 4.4.3 Remote Access Conî¿guration Remote Access [Disabled] Enables or disables the remote access feature. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when the Remote Access item is set to [Enabled]. The items in this menu allows you to conîÂÂgure the Remote Access fea - tures. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Serial port number [COM1] Allows you to select a serial port for console redirection. ConîÂÂguration op - tions: [COM1] [COM2] Serial Port Mode [115200 8, n,1] Allows you to select a serial port mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [115200 8,n,1] [57600 8,n,1] [38400 8,n,1] [19200 8,n,1] [09600 8,n,1] Flow Control [None] Allows you to set the îÂÂow control for console redirection. ConîÂÂguration options: [None] [Hardware] [Software] Redirection After BIOS POST [Always] Sets the redirection mode after the BIOS Power-On Self-Test (POST). Some operating systems may not work when this item is set to Always. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Boot Loader] [Always]
4-22 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Trusted Computing 4.4.4 Trusted Computing Use this option to conîÂÂgure settings related to trusted computing innova - tions. Terminal Type [ANSI] Allows you to select the target terminal type. ConîÂÂguration options: [ANSI] [VT100] [VT-UTF8] VT-UTF8 Combo Key Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable VT-UTF8 Combination Key Support for ANSI/VT100 terminals. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled] Media Type [Serial] Allows you to select the media for console redirection. ConîÂÂguration op - tions: [Serial] [LAN] [Serial LAN] You need to install ASUS TPM card to make this feature function.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-23 4.4.5 CPU Conî¿guration The items in this menu show the CPU-related information that the BIOS automatically detects. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit Sets the ratio betweenîÂÂCPUîÂÂCoreî ClockîÂÂandîÂÂtheîÂÂFSBî Frequency. NOTE: If an invalid ratio is set in CMOS then actual and setpoint values may differ. Conî¿gureîÂÂAdvancedîÂÂCPUîÂÂsettings Manufacturer: Intel BrandîÂÂString:îÂÂGenuineîÂÂIntel(R)îÂÂCPUîÂÂ2.80GHz FrequencyîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ2800îÂÂMHz FSBîÂÂSpeedîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ800îÂÂMHz CacheîÂÂL1îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ32îÂÂKB CacheîÂÂL2îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ2048îÂÂKB CacheîÂÂL3îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ:îÂÂ0îÂÂKB RatioîÂÂStatus:îÂÂUnlockedîÂÂ(Max:14,îÂÂMin:14) Ratio Actual Value: 14 MaxîÂÂCPUIDîÂÂValueîÂÂLimitî î [Disabled] ExecuteîÂÂDisabledîÂÂFunctionîÂÂî [Disabled] EnhanceîÂÂC1îÂÂControlî î [Auto] VirtualizationîÂÂTechnologyîÂÂî [Enabled] CPUîÂÂInternalîÂÂThermalîÂÂControlî [Auto] IntelîÂÂSpeedstepîÂÂtechî î [Automatic] BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Max CPUID Value Limit [Disabled] Setting this item to [Enabled] allows legacy operating systems to boot even without support for CPUs with extended CPUID functions. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Execute Disabled Function [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Execute Disabled function. ConîÂÂgura - tion options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Enhanced C1 Control [Auto] Allows you to disable or set to Auto the Enhanced C1 Control. ConîÂÂgura - tion options: [Auto] [Disabled] Virtualization Technology [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Virtualization Technology feature. Con - îÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] CPU Internal Thermal Control [Auto] Allows you to set CPU internal thermal control. if set to Auto, BIOS auto- matically check CPUâÂÂs capability to enable TM or TM2 support. In TM mode, CPU power consumption is reduced; in TM2 mode, CPU core ratio and VID is reduced. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [Disabled] Intel Speedstep tech [Automatic] CPU speed controlled by Operating system. Disabled: Default CPU speed. ConîÂÂguration options: [Automatic] [Disabled]
4-24 Chapter 4: BIOS setup DRAM Frequency [Auto] Allows you to set the DDR operating frequency. ConîÂÂguration options: [Auto] [533 MHz] [667 MHz] Conî¿gure DRAM Timing by SPD [Enabled] When this item is enabled, the DRAM timing parameters are set according to the DRAM SPD (Serial Presence Detect). When disabled, you can manu- ally set the DRAM timing parameters through the DRAM sub-items. The fol- lowing subâÂÂitems appear when this item is disabled. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] DRAMîÂÂCAS#îÂÂLatencyîÂÂ[5îÂÂClocks] Controls the latency between the SDRAM read command and the time the data actually becomes available. ConîÂÂguration options: [5 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [3 Clocks] [6 Clocks] DRAMîÂÂRAS#îÂÂPrechargeîÂÂ[4îÂÂClocks] Controls idle clocks after issuing a precharge command to the DDR SDRAM. ConîÂÂguration options: [2 Clocks] [3 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [5 Clocks] DRAMîÂÂRAS#îÂÂtoîÂÂCAS#îÂÂDela yîÂÂ[4îÂÂClocks] Controls the latency between the DDR SDRAM active command and the read/write command. ConîÂÂguration options: [2 Clocks] [3 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [5 Clocks] DRAMîÂÂRAS#îÂÂActiv ateîÂÂtoîÂÂPrechargeîÂÂDelayîÂÂ[15îÂÂDRAMîÂÂClocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [1 Clocks] [2 Clocks] ~ [15 Clocks] 4.4.6 Chipset The Chipset ConîÂÂguration menu allows you to change the advanced chipset settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Manual DRAM Frequency SettingîÂÂorîÂÂAutoîÂÂbyîÂÂSPD Advanced Chipset Settings DRAMîÂÂFrequencyî [Auto] Conî¿gureîÂÂDRAMîÂÂTimingîÂÂbyîÂÂSPDî [Enabled] OnboardîÂÂLANîÂÂBootîÂÂROMî [Enabled] PEGîÂÂPortîÂÂConî¿gurationî PEGîÂÂPortî [Enabled] î PEGîÂÂPortîÂÂVC1îÂÂMapî [TC7] î PEGîÂÂForceîÂÂx1î [Disabled] MemoryîÂÂRemapîÂÂFeatureî [Enabled]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-25 Disable this item if you are using RedHat Linux Advanced Server 3.0 UP5/UP6 operating system. DRAMîÂÂW riteîÂÂReco veryîÂÂTimeîÂÂ[4îÂÂClocks] ConîÂÂguration options: [2 Clocks] [3 Clocks] [4 Clocks] [5 Clocks] Onboard LAN Boot ROM [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the option ROM in the onboard LAN control- ler. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The PEG Force x1 item appear only when the PEG Port item is set to [Enabled]. PEG Port VC1 Map [Enabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [TC1] ~ [TC7] PEG Force x1 [Disabled] ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Memory Remap Feature [Enabled] Allows you to remap the overlap PCI memory over the total physical memory. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] If Onboard LAN Boot ROM item set to [Disabled], The system also unde- tected the LAN device while add PCI LAN card. PEG Port Conî¿guration PEG P ort [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the PCI Express Graphic port. ConîÂÂguration options: [Enabled] [Disabled]
4-26 Chapter 4: BIOS setup BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced ENABLE: Allow remapping of overlapped PCI memory aboveîÂÂtheîÂÂtotalî physical memory. DISABLE: Do not allow remapping of memory. Conî¿gureîÂÂWin83627EHG-AîÂÂSuperîÂÂIOîÂÂChipset SerialîÂÂPort1îÂÂAddressî [3F8/IRQ4] SerialîÂÂPort2îÂÂAddressî [2F8/IRQ3] î SerialîÂÂPort2îÂÂModeî [Normal] ParallelîÂÂPortîÂÂAddressî [378] ParallelîÂÂPortîÂÂModeî [ECP] îÂÂîÂÂECPîÂÂModeîÂÂDMAîÂÂChannelî [DMA3] îÂÂParallelîÂÂPortîÂÂIRQî [IRQ7] 4.4.7 Onboard Devices Conî¿guration The Onboard Devices ConîÂÂguration menu allows you to change the onboard devices settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub- menu. Serial Port1 Address [3F8/IRQ4] Allows you to select the Serial Port1 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [3F8/IRQ4] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Serial Port2 Address [2F8/IRQ3] Allows you to select the Serial Port2 base address. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [2F8/IRQ3] [3E8/IRQ4] [2E8/IRQ3] Serial P ort2 Mode [Normal] Allows you to select the Serial Port2 mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [IrDA] [ASK IR] Parallel Port Address [378] Allows you to select the Parallel Port base addresses. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [378] [278] [3BC] Parallel Port Mode [ECP] Allows you to select the Parallel Port mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Normal] [BiâÂÂdirectional] [ECP] [EPP] EPP Version [1.9] Allows selection of the Parallel Port EPP version. This item appears when the Parallel Port Mode is set to [EPP] or [ECP & EPP]. ConîÂÂguration options: [1.9] [1.7] ECP Mode DMA Channel [DMA3] Appears when the Parallel Port Mode is set to [ECP] or [ECP & EPP]. This item allows you to set the Parallel Port ECP DMA. ConîÂÂguration options: [DMA0] [DMA1] [DMA3] P arallel P ort IRQ [IRQ7] Sets the Parallel port IRQ. ConîÂÂguration options: [IRQ5] [IRQ7]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-27 4.4.8 PCI PnP The PCI PnP menu items allow you to change the advanced settings for PCI/PnP devices. The menu includes setting IRQ and DMA channel resources for either PCI/PnP or legacy ISA devices, and setting the memory size block for legacy ISA devices. Take caution when changing the settings of the PCI PnP menu items. Incorrect îÂÂeld values can cause the system to malfunction. Plug And Play O/S [No] When set to [No], BIOS conîÂÂgures all the devices in the system. When set to [Yes] and if you install a Plug and Play operating system, the operating system conîÂÂgures the Plug and Play devices not required for boot. ConîÂÂgu - ration options: [No] [Yes] PCI Latency Timer [64] Allows you to select the value in units of PCI clocks for the PCI device latency timer register. ConîÂÂguration options: [32] [64] [96] [128] [160] [192] [224] [248] Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA [Yes] When set to [Yes], BIOS assigns an IRQ to PCI VGA card if the card re- quests for an IRQ. When set to [No], BIOS does not assign an IRQ to the PCI VGA card even if requested. ConîÂÂguration options: [No] [Yes] Palette Snooping [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the pallete snooping feature informs the PCI devices that an ISA graphics device is installed in the system so that the latter can function correctly. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] IRQ-xx assigned to [PCI Device] When set to [PCI Device], the speciîÂÂc IRQ is free for use of PCI/PnP de - vices. When set to [Reserved], the IRQ is reserved for legacy ISA devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [PCI Device] [Reserved] Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit BIOS SETUP UTILITY Advanced Advanced PCI/PnP Settings WARNING:îÂÂSettingîÂÂwrongîÂÂvaluesîÂÂinîÂÂbelowîÂÂsectionsîÂÂmayîÂÂî cause system to malfunction. PlugîÂÂAndîÂÂPlayîÂÂO/Sî î [No] PCIîÂÂLatencyîÂÂTimerî î [64] AllocateîÂÂIRQîÂÂtoîÂÂPCIîÂÂVGAî î [Yes] PaletteîÂÂSnoopingî î [Disabled] IRQ-3îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-4îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-5îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-7îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-9îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-10îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-11îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-14îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] IRQ-15îÂÂassignedîÂÂtoî î [PCIîÂÂDevice] NO : Le ts t he B IO S co nî¿ gu eî al lî th eî de vi ce s in t he s ys te m. YE S: L et s th e op er at in g sy st em co nî¿ gu re îÂÂP lu gî and îÂÂP la yî (P nP ) de vi ce s no t re qu ir ed îÂÂf or îÂÂb oot îÂÂi fî yo ur s ys te m ha s a Pl ug an d Pl ay o pe ra ti ng sy st em .
4-28 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5 Power Conî¿guration The Power ConîÂÂguration menu items allow you to change the settings for the ACPI and Advanced Power Management (APM) features. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. ACPI APIC Support [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the Advanced ConîÂÂguration and Power In - terface (ACPI) support in the Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller (APIC). When set to Enabled, the ACPI APIC table pointer is included in the RSDT pointer list. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] ACPIîÂÂAPICîÂÂSupportî î [Enabled] î APMîÂÂConî¿guration Hardware Monitor Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit Include ACPI APIC tableîÂÂpointerîÂÂtoîÂÂRSDTî pointer list. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂBootîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Power Options Power Off Power On Last State APMîÂÂConî¿guration RestoreîÂÂonîÂÂACîÂÂPowerîÂÂLossî [LastîÂÂState] ResumeîÂÂOnîÂÂByîÂÂRTCîÂÂAlarmî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂByîÂÂPS/2îÂÂKeyboardî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂByîÂÂPS/2îÂÂMouseî [Disabled] ResumeîÂÂOnîÂÂRingî [Disabled] ResumeîÂÂOnîÂÂLANî [Disabled] PowerîÂÂOnîÂÂByîÂÂPCIîÂÂDevicesî [Disabled] î KeyboardîÂÂWakeupîÂÂPasswordîÂÂ:î NotîÂÂInstalled 4.5.1 APM Conî¿guration Restore on AC Power Loss [Last State] When set to Power Off, the system goes into off state after an AC power loss. When set to Power On, the system goes on after an AC power loss. When set to Last State, the system goes into either off or on state, what- ever the system state was before the AC power loss. ConîÂÂguration options: [Power Off] [Power On] [Last State]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-29 Power On By PS/2 Keyboard [Disabled] Allows you to use speciîÂÂc keys on the keyboard to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power On By PS/2 Mouse [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to use the PS/2 mouse to turn on the system. This feature requires an ATX power supply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Resume On Ring [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], the system enables the RI to generate a wake event while the computer is in Soft-off mode. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Power on By PCI Devices [Disabled] When set to [Enabled], this parameter allows you to turn on the system through a PCI LAN or Modem card. This Feature requires an ATX power sup- ply that provides at least 1A on the 5VSB lead. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The following items appear only when the Resume On By RTC Alarm item is set to Enabled. R TCîÂÂAlarmîÂÂDateîÂÂ(Da ys)îÂÂ[15] To set the alarm date, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. ConîÂÂguration options: [Everyday] [1] [2] [3]...[31] SystemîÂÂTimeîÂÂ[12:30:30]î To set the alarm time, highlight this item and press the < > or <-> key to make the selection. Resume On By RTC Alarm [Disabled] Allows you to enable or disable RTC to generate a wake event. When this item is set to [Enabled], the items RTC Alarm Date, RTC Alarm Hour, RTC Alarm Minute, and RTC Alarm Second appear with set values. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled]
4-30 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.5.2 Hardware Monitor Hardware Monitor CPUîÂÂTemperatureî [49úC/120úF] îÂÂMB1îÂÂTemperatureî [47úC/114úF] îÂÂMB2îÂÂTemperatureî [47úC/114úF] CPUîÂÂFan1îÂÂSpeedî [3884RPM] CPUîÂÂFan2îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] FrontîÂÂFan1îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] FrontîÂÂFan2îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] RearîÂÂFan1îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] RearîÂÂFan2îÂÂSpeedî [N/A] SmartîÂÂFanîÂÂControlî [SmartîÂÂFan] VCOREîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ1.320V] 3.3VîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ3.345V] 5VîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ5.094V] Use the arrow down key to display additional items. 5VSBîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ4.980V] VBATîÂÂVoltageî [îÂÂ3.120V] 12VîÂÂVoltageî [12.053V] CPU1 Temperature CPU Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] MB1 Temperature [xxxúC/xxxúF] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the motherboard and CPU temperatures. Select [Ignored] if you do not wish to display the detected temperatures. CPU Fan1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Front Fan1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] Rear Fan1/2 Speed [xxxxRPM] or [N/A] The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects and displays the CPU, front, and rear fan speed in rotations per minute (RPM). If the fan is not connected to the motherboard, the îÂÂeld shows N/A. Smart Fan Control [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the ASUS Smart Fan feature that smartly adjusts the fan speeds for more efîÂÂcient system operation. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] The CPU Temperature and MB Temperature items appear when you set the Smar t Fan Con trol i tem to [E nable d].
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-31 4.6 Boot menu The Boot menu items allow you to change the system boot options. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the sub-menu. Boot Settings Boot Device Priority î HardîÂÂDiskîÂÂDrives î BootîÂÂSettingsîÂÂConî¿guration Security Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit Speciî¿esîÂÂtheîÂÂBootî Device Priority sequence. AîÂÂvirtualîÂÂîÂÂoppyîÂÂdiskî drive (Floppy Drive B:) may appear when you set the CD-ROM driveîÂÂasîÂÂtheîÂÂî¿rstîÂÂbootî device. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂExit VCORE1 Voltage, VCORE2 Voltage, 3.3V Voltage, 5V Volt- age, 5VSB Voltage, VBAT Voltage, 12V Voltage The onboard hardware monitor automatically detects the voltage outputs through the onboard voltage regulators.
4-32 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 4.6.1 Boot Device Priority BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot Boot Device Priority 1stîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [RemovableîÂÂdev.] 2ndîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [ATAPIîÂÂCD-ROM] 3rdîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [RAIDîÂÂLSIîÂÂLogicîÂÂMB] 4thîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [Network:îÂÂMBAîÂÂV8.3.9] 5thîÂÂBootîÂÂDeviceî î [Network:îÂÂMBAîÂÂV8.3.9] 1st Boot Device [1st FLOPPY Drive] 2nd Boot Device [Network: MBA v7.7.5] 3rd Boot Device [Network: MBA v7.7.5] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available devices. ConîÂÂguration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] 4.6.2 Hard Disk Drives 1st ~ xxth Drive [ HDD: XXXXXXXX Drive ] These items specify the boot device priority sequence from the available hard disk drives. The number of device items that appears on the screen depends on the number of devices installed in the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [xxxxx Drive] [Disabled] Boot Device Priority 1stîÂÂDriveî î [HDD:îÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂDrive] 2ndîÂÂDriveî î [HDD:îÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂDrive] Speciî¿esîÂÂtheîÂÂBootî Device Priority sequence from availableîÂÂHardî Drives.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-33 4.6.3 Boot Settings Conî¿guration Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot AllowsîÂÂBIOSîÂÂtoîÂÂskipî certain tests while booting.îÂÂThisîÂÂwillî decrease the time neededîÂÂtoîÂÂbootîÂÂtheî system. BootîÂÂSettingsîÂÂConî¿guration QuickîÂÂBootîÂÂî î [Enabled] FullîÂÂScreenîÂÂLogoî î [Enabled] AddOnîÂÂROMîÂÂDisplayîÂÂModeî î [ForceîÂÂBIOS] BootupîÂÂNum-Lockî î [On] PS/2îÂÂMouseîÂÂSupportî î [Auto] WaitîÂÂForîÂÂâÂÂF1âÂÂîÂÂIfîÂÂErrorî î [Enabled] HitîÂÂâÂÂDELâÂÂîÂÂMessageîÂÂDisplayîÂÂî [Enabled] InterruptîÂÂ19îÂÂCaptureî î [Enabled] Quick Boot [Enabled] Enabling this item allows the BIOS to skip some power on self tests (POST) while booting to decrease the time needed to boot the system. When set to [Disabled], BIOS performs all the POST items. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Full Screen Logo [Enabled] Allows you to enable or disable the full screen logo display feature. ConîÂÂgu - ration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] AddOn ROM Display Mode [Force BIOS] Allows you to set display mode for optional ROM. ConîÂÂguration options: [Force BIOS] [Keep Current] Bootup Num-Lock [On] Allows you to select the power-on state for the NumLock. ConîÂÂguration options: [Off] [On] PS/2 Mouse Support [Auto] Allows you to enable or disable support for PS/2 mouse. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] [Auto] Wait for âÂÂF1â If Error [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system waits for the F1 key to be pressed when error occurs. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Set this item to [Enabled] to use the ASUS MyLogo2⢠feature.
4-34 Chapter 4: BIOS setup Hit âÂÂDELâ Message Display [Enabled] When set to Enabled, the system displays the message âÂÂPress DEL to run Setupâ during POST. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] Interrupt 19 Capture [Enabled] When set to [Enabled], this function allows the option ROMs to trap Inter- rupt 19. ConîÂÂguration options: [Disabled] [Enabled] 4.6.4 Security The Security menu items allow you to change the system security settings. Select an item then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disableîÂÂpassword. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Not Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password Change User Password Change Supervisor Password Select this item to set or change the supervisor password. The Supervisor Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this item shows Installed. To set a Supervisor Password: 1. Sel ect the Cha nge Supe rvis or Pa sswo rd it em, then pres s <E nter >. 2. From the password box, type a password composed of at least six let - ters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>. 3. ConîÂÂrm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you successfully set your password. To change the supervisor password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-35 If you forget your BIOS password, you can clear clear it by erasing the CMOS Real Time Clock (RTC) RAM. See section âÂÂ2.6 Jumpersâ for infor- mation on how to erase the RTC RAM. To c le ar t he s up er vi so r pa ss wo rd , se le ct t he Ch an ge S up er vis or P as sw or d t he n pr es s <E nt er >. T he me ss ag e âÂÂP as sw ord U ni ns ta ll ed â app ea rs . After you have set a supervisor password, the other items appear to allow you to change other security settings. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit v02.58îÂÂ(C)CopyrightîÂÂ1985-2004,îÂÂAmericanîÂÂMegatrends,îÂÂInc. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Boot <Enter> to change password. <Enter> again to disableîÂÂpassword. Security Settings Supervisor Password : Installed User Password : Not Installed Change Supervisor Password UserîÂÂAccessîÂÂLevelî î [FullîÂÂAccess] Change User Password Clear User Password PasswordîÂÂCheckî î [Setup] User Access Level [Full Access] This item allows you to select the access restriction to the Setup items. ConîÂÂguration options: [No Access] [View Only] [Limited] [Full Access] No Access prevents user access to the Setup utility. View Only allows access but does not allow change to any îÂÂeld. Limited allows changes only to selected îÂÂelds, such as Date and Time. Full Access allows viewing and changing all the îÂÂelds in the Setup util- ity. Change User Password Select this item to set or change the user password. The User Password item on top of the screen shows the default Not Installed. After you set a password, this item shows Installed. To set a User Password: 1. Select the Change User Password item and press <Enter>. 2. On the password box that appears, type a password composed of at least six letters and/or numbers, then press <Enter>.
4-36 Chapter 4: BIOS setup 3. ConîÂÂrm the password when prompted. The message âÂÂPassword Installedâ appears after you set your password successfully. To change the user password, follow the same steps as in setting a user password. Clear User Password Select this item to clear the user password. Password Check [Setup] When set to [Setup], BIOS checks for user password when accessing the Setup utility. When set to [Always], BIOS checks for user password both when accessing Setup and booting the system. ConîÂÂguration options: [Setup] [Always]
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 4-37 4.7 Exit menu The Exit menu items allow you to load the optimal or failsafe default values for the BIOS items, and save or discard your changes to the BIOS items. Select Screen Select Item - Change Option F1 General Help F10î SaveîÂÂandîÂÂExit ESCî Exit ExitîÂÂsystemîÂÂsetupî after saving the changes. F10îÂÂkeyîÂÂcanîÂÂbeîÂÂusedî for this operation. BIOS SETUP UTILITY Main Advanced Power Boot Exit ExitîÂÂOptions ExitîÂÂ&îÂÂSaveîÂÂChanges ExitîÂÂ&îÂÂDiscardîÂÂChanges Discard Changes Load Setup Defaults If you made changes to any of the settings in the menus, pressing <Esc> does not immediately exit this menu. A conîÂÂrmation window appears and prompts you to either save your changes or cancel the command. Select one of the options from this menu to exit. Exit & Save Changes Select this option then press <Enter>, or simply press <F10>, to save your changes to CMOS before exiting the Setup utility. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears, select [OK] then press <Enter> to save your changes and exit Setup. If you wish to cancel the command, select [Cancel] then press <Enter> to return to the Exit menu. Exit & Discard Changes Select this option then press <Enter> to exit the Setup utility without sav- ing your changes. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears, select [OK] then press <Enter> to discard your changes and exit Setup. If you wish to cancel the command, select [Cancel] then press <Enter> to return to the Exit menu. Discard Changes Select this option then press <Enter> to discard the changes that you made, and restore the previously saved settings.
4-38 Chapter 4: BIOS setup When a conîÂÂrmation window appears, select [OK] then press <Enter> to discard the changes, and load the previously saved settings. If you wish to cancel the command, select [Cancel] then press <Enter> to return to the Exit menu. Load Setup Defaults Select this option then press <Enter> to load the optimized settings for each of the Setup menu items. When a conîÂÂrmation window appears, select [OK] then press <Enter> to load the default settings. If you wish to cancel the command, select [Can- cel] then press <Enter> to return to the Exit menu.
This chapter provides instructions for setting up, creating and conîÂÂguring RAID sets using the available utilities. Chapter 5 RAID Conî¿guration
5-2 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.1 RAID conî¿gurations The server system/motherboard comes with the Intel î ICH7R and the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID technology built-in the Intel î ICH7R SouthBridge chipset that allows you to conîÂÂgure IDE and Serial ATA hard disk drives as RAID sets. The motherboard supports the following RAID conîÂÂgurations: 5.1.1 RAID deî¿nitions RAID 0 (Data striping) optimizes two identical hard disk drives to read and write data in parallel, interleaved stacks. Two hard disks perform the same work as a single drive but at a sustained data transfer rate, double that of a single disk alone, thus improving data access and storage. Use of two new identical hard disk drives is required for this setup. RAID 1 (Data mirroring) copies and maintains an identical image of data from one drive to a second drive. If one drive fails, the disk array management software directs all applications to the surviving drive as it contains a com- plete copy of the data in the other drive. This RAID conîÂÂguration provides data protection and increases fault tolerance to the entire system. Use two new drives or use an existing drive and a new drive for this setup. The new drive must be of the same size or larger than the existing drive. Intel î Matrix Storage. The Intel î Matrix Storage technology supported by the ICH7R chip allows you to create a RAID 0 and a RAID 1 set using only two identical hard disk drives. The Intel î Matrix Storage technology creates two partitions on each hard disk drive to create a virtual RAID 0 and RAID 1 sets. This technology also allows you to change the hard disk drive partition size without losing any data. If you want to boot the system from a hard disk drive included in a cre- ated RAID set, copy îÂÂrst the RAID driver from the support CD to a îÂÂoppy disk before you install an operating system to the selected hard disk drive. Refer to section âÂÂ6.1 RAID driver installationâ for details.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-3 5.1.2 Installing Serial ATA hard disks The motherboard supports Serial ATA hard disk drives. For optimal perfor- mance, install identical drives of the same model and capacity when creating a disk array. To install the SATA hard disks for a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Install the SATA hard disks into the drive bays. 2. Connect the SATA signal cables. 3. Connect a SATA power cable to the power connector on each drive. 5.1.3 Setting the RAID item in BIOS You must set the RAID item in the BIOS Setup before you can create a RAID set(s). To do this: 1. Enter the BIOS Setup during POST. 2. Go t o th e Ma in M en u, s el ect I DE C on îÂÂg ur ati on , th en p res s <E nt er >. 3. Select the item Co nî gu re S AT A As , then press <Enter> to display the conîÂÂguration options. 4. Select RA ID from the ConîÂÂgure SATA As item options, then press <En - ter>. 5. Select the item On bo ar d Se ri al -A TA B OO TR OM , press <Enter>, then select En ab le d from the options. 6. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. 5.1.4 RAID conî¿guration utility Depending on the RAID_SEL1 jumper setting and the operating system, you can select a utility to create a RAID set. Refer to section âÂÂ3.2 Jumpersâ for details on the RAID_SEL1 jumper settings. Use the Intelî Matrix Storage Manager to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set under Windowsî 2000/2003 Server/XP operating system. Use the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 under Windowsî 2000/2003 Server or Red Hatî Enterprise ver. 3.0 operating system. Refer to the succeeding sections for details on how to use the RAID conîÂÂgu - ration utilities. Refer to Chapter 4 for details on entering and navigating through the BIOS Setup.
5-4 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.2 Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM Utility The Intel î Matrix Storage Manager Option ROM utility allows you to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 from Serial ATA hard disk drives that are connected to the Serial ATA connectors supported by the Southbridge. To enter the Intel î Application Accelerator RAID Option ROM utility: 1. Install all the Serial ATA hard disk drives. 2. Turn on the system. 3. During POST, press <Ctrl> <I> to display the utility main menu. Intel(R)îÂÂMatrixîÂÂStorageîÂÂManagerîÂÂOptionîÂÂROMîÂÂv5.0.0.1032îÂÂICH7RîÂÂwRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ MAIN MENU ] 1. Create RAID Volume 2. Delete RAID Volume î î 3.îÂÂResetîÂÂDisksîÂÂtoîÂÂNon-RAID î î 4.îÂÂExit [ DISK/VOLUMEîÂÂINFORMATIONî ] RAID Volumes: NoneîÂÂdeî¿ned. PhysicalîÂÂDisks: PortîÂÂDriveîÂÂModelîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSerialîÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSizeîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂType/Status(VolîÂÂID) 0 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAIDîÂÂDisk 1 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAIDîÂÂDisk 2 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAIDîÂÂDisk 3 XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XX.XXGB Non-RAIDîÂÂDisk [ âÂÂâ ]-Selectî îÂÂîÂÂ[ESC]-ExitîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[ENTER]-SelectîÂÂMenu The navigation keys at the bottom of the screen allow you to move through the menus and select the menu options. The RAID BIOS setup screens shown in this section are for reference only and may not exactly match the items on your screen.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-5 5.2.1 Creating a RAID 0 set (striped) To create a RAID 0 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 0 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 0(Stripe), then press <Enter>. 4. When the Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to conîÂÂgure as RAID. This SELECT DISKS screen appears. Intel(R)îÂÂMatrixîÂÂStorageîÂÂManagerîÂÂOptionîÂÂROMîÂÂv5.0.0.1032îÂÂICH7RîÂÂwRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUMEîÂÂINFORMATIONî ] EnterîÂÂaîÂÂstringîÂÂbetweenîÂÂ1îÂÂandîÂÂ16îÂÂcharactersîÂÂinîÂÂlengthîÂÂthatîÂÂcanîÂÂbeîÂÂused to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ âÂÂâ ]-ChangeîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[TAB]-NextîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[ESC]-PreviousîÂÂMenuîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: StripîÂÂSize: Capacity: Volume0 RAID0(Stripe) SelectîÂÂDisks 128KB 0.0 GB Create Volume [ SELECTîÂÂDISKSî ] [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/NextîÂÂîÂÂ[SPACE]-SelectsîÂÂîÂÂ[ENTER]-SelectionîÂÂComplete PortîÂÂDriveîÂÂModelîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSerialîÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSizeîÂÂStatus îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ0îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂNon-RAIDîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ1îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂNon-RAIDîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ2îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂNon-RAIDîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ3îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂNon-RAIDîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSelectîÂÂ2îÂÂtoîÂÂ4îÂÂdisksîÂÂtoîÂÂuseîÂÂinîÂÂcreatingîÂÂtheîÂÂvolume. 5. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection.
5-6 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 6. Use the up/down arrow key to select the stripe size for the RAID 0 array, then press <Enter>. The available stripe size values range from 8 KB to 128 KB. The default stripe size is 128 KB. WARNING:îÂÂALLîÂÂDATAîÂÂONîÂÂSELECTEDîÂÂDISKSîÂÂWILLîÂÂBEîÂÂLOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 9. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to the main menu, or <N> to go back to the Create Volume menu. TIP : We recommend a lower stripe size for server systems, and a higher stripe size for multimedia computer systems used mainly for audio and video editing. 7. Key in the RAID volume capacity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 8. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-7 5.2.2 Creating a RAID 1 set (mirrored) To create a RAID 1 set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 1. Create RAID Volume, then press <Enter>. This screen appears. 2. Enter a name for the RAID 1 set, then press <Enter>. 3. When the RAID Level item is highlighted, press the up/down arrow key to select RAID 1(Mirror), then press <Enter>. 4 When the Disks item is highlighted, press <Enter> to select the hard disk drives to conîÂÂgure as RAID. The SELECT DISKS screen appears. 5 Use the up/down arrow key to highlight a drive, then press <Space> to select. A small triangle marks the selected drive. Press <Enter> after completing your selection. 6. When the Capacity item is highlighted, key in the RAID volume capac- ity that you want, then press <Enter>. The default value indicates the maximum allowed capacity. 7. Press <Enter> when the Create Volume item is highlighted. This warning message appears. Intel(R)îÂÂMatrixîÂÂStorageîÂÂManagerîÂÂOptionîÂÂROMîÂÂv5.0.0.1032îÂÂICH7RîÂÂwRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ CREATE ARRAY MENU ] [ DISK/VOLUMEîÂÂINFORMATIONî ] EnterîÂÂaîÂÂstringîÂÂbetweenîÂÂ1îÂÂandîÂÂ16îÂÂcharactersîÂÂinîÂÂlengthîÂÂthatîÂÂcanîÂÂbeîÂÂused to uniquely identify the RAID volume. This name is case sensitive and cannot contain special characters. [ âÂÂâ ]-ChangeîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[TAB]-NextîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[ESC]-PreviousîÂÂMenuîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[Enter]-Select Name: RAID Level: Disks: StripîÂÂSize: Capacity: Volume1 RAID1(Mirror) SelectîÂÂDisks N/A XX.X GB Create Volume WARNING:îÂÂALLîÂÂDATAîÂÂONîÂÂSELECTEDîÂÂDISKSîÂÂWILLîÂÂBEîÂÂLOST. Are you sure you want to create this volume? (Y/N): 8. Press <Y> to create the RAID volume and return to main menu or <N> to go back to Create Volume menu.
5-8 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.2.3 Deleting a RAID set 2. Use the up/down arrow key to select the RAID set you want to delete, then press <Del>. This window appears. Intel(R)îÂÂMatrixîÂÂStorageîÂÂManagerîÂÂOptionîÂÂROMîÂÂv5.0.0.1032îÂÂICH7RîÂÂwRAID5 Copyright(C) 2003-05 Intel Corporation. All Rights Reserved. [ DELETE VOLUME MENU ] Nameî Levelî Drivesî Capacityî Statusî Bootable Volume0î RAIDX(xxxxx)î Xî îÂÂXXX.XGBî Normalî îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂYesî [ HELP ] Deleting a volume will destroy the volume data on the drive(s) and causeîÂÂanyîÂÂmemberîÂÂdisksîÂÂtoîÂÂbecomeîÂÂavailableîÂÂasîÂÂnon-RAIDîÂÂdisks. WARNING: EXISTING DATA WITHIN THIS VOLUME WILL BE LOST AND NON-RECOVERABLE. [ âÂÂâ ]-SelectîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[<ESC>]-PreviousîÂÂMenuîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ[<Del>]-DeleteîÂÂVolume 3. Press <Y> to delete the RAID set and return to the utility main menu; otherwise, press <N> to return to the Delete Volume menu. ALL DATA IN THE VOLUME WILL BE LOST! AreîÂÂyouîÂÂsureîÂÂyouîÂÂwantîÂÂtoîÂÂdeleteîÂÂvolumeîÂÂâÂÂVolumeXâÂÂ?îÂÂ(Y/N): [ DELETE VOLUME VERIFICATION ] Take caution when deleting a RAID set. You will lose all data on the hard disk drives when you delete a RAID set. To delete a RAID set: 1. From the utility main menu, select 2. Delete RAID Volume, then press <Enter> to display this screen.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-9 5.2.5 Exiting the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager utility To exit the utility: 1. From the utility main menu, select 4. Exit, then press <Enter>. This window appears. AreîÂÂyouîÂÂsureîÂÂyouîÂÂwantîÂÂtoîÂÂexit?îÂÂ(Y/N): [ CONFIRM EXIT ] 2. Press <Y> to exit or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5.2.4 Resetting Disks to Non-RAID 2. Use the up/down arrow key to highlight the RAID set drive you want to reset, then press <Space> to select. 3. Press <Enter> to reset the RAID set drive. A conîÂÂrmation message ap - pears. 4. Press <Y> to reset the drive or press <N> to return to the utility main menu. 5. Follow steps 2 to 4 to select and reset other RAID set drives. [ RESET RAID DATA ] Resetting RAID data will remove internal RAID structures î fromîÂÂtheîÂÂselectedîÂÂRAIDîÂÂdisks.îÂÂByîÂÂremovingîÂÂtheseîÂÂstructures, î theîÂÂdriveîÂÂwillîÂÂrevertîÂÂbackîÂÂtoîÂÂaîÂÂnon-RAIDîÂÂdisk. WARNING:îÂÂResettingîÂÂaîÂÂdiskîÂÂcausesîÂÂallîÂÂdataîÂÂonîÂÂtheîÂÂdiskîÂÂtoîÂÂbeîÂÂlost. PortîÂÂDriveîÂÂModelîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSerialîÂÂ#îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂSizeîÂÂStatus îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ0îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂMemberîÂÂDisk îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ1îÂÂXXXXXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXXXXXXXXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂXX.XGBîÂÂMemberîÂÂDisk SelectîÂÂtheîÂÂdisksîÂÂthatîÂÂshouldîÂÂbeîÂÂreset. [ âÂÂâ ]-Previous/NextîÂÂîÂÂ[SPACE]-SelectsîÂÂîÂÂ[ENTER]-SelectionîÂÂComplete Tak e cau tion be fore you res et a RAID vo lume HDD to non-R AID. Re setti ng a R AID v olum e H DD de lete s a ll in tern al RAID stru ctu re on the dr ive. To reset a RAID set hard disk drive: 1. From the utility main menu, select 3. Reset Disks to Non-RAID, then press <Enter> to display this screen.
5-10 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.2.6 Rebuilding the RAID This option is only for the RAID 1, RAID 5 and RAID 10 sets. Rebuilding the RAID with other non-RAID disk If any of the SATA hard disk drives included in the RAID array failed, the sys- tem displays the status of the RAID volume as âÂÂDegradedâ during POST. You can rebuild the RAID array with other installed non-RAID disks. To rebuild the RAID with other non-RAID disk: 1. At the prompt, press <Ctrl> <I> to enter the Intel Matrix Storage Manager RAID conîÂÂguration. 2. If there is a non-RAID SATA Hard Disk available, the utility will prompt to rebuild the RAID. Press <Enter>, then use up/down arrow keys to select the destination disk or press <ESC> to exit. Select a destination disk with the same size as the original hard disk. 3. The utilty immediately starts rebuilding after the disk is selected. The status of the degraded RAID volume is changed to âÂÂRebuildâÂÂ. DEGRADED VOLUME DETECTED âÂÂDegradedâ volume and disk available for rebuilding detected. Selecting a disk initiates a rebuild. Rebuild completes in the operating system. Select the port of destination disk for rebuilding (ESC to exit): Port Drive Model Serial# Size 3HDS722580VLSA80 VN6Bxxxx 76.7GB [ ]- Previous/Next [Enter]- Selects [ESC]- Exit
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-11 4. Exit the RAID conîÂÂguration utility and reboot the system. 5. Select Start > Programs > Intel Matrix Storage > Intel Matrix Storage Console or click the Intel Matrix Storage Manager tray icon to load the Intel Matrix Stroage Manager utility. 6. From the View menu, select Advanced Mode to display the details of the Intel Matrix Storage Console. 7. From the Volumes view option, select RAID volume to view the rebuild- ing status. When îÂÂnished, the status is changed to âÂÂNormalâÂÂ. Rebuilding the RAID with a new hard disk If any of the SATA hard disk drives included in the RAID array failed, the system displays the status of the RAID volume as âÂÂDegradedâ during POST. You may replace the disk drive and rebuild the RAID array. To rebuild the RAID with a new hard disk: 1. Remove the failed SATA hard disk and install a new SATA hard disk of the same speciîÂÂcation into the same SATA Port. 5.2.7 Setting the Boot array in the BIOS Setup Utility You can set the boot priority sequence in the BIOS for your RAID arrays when creating multi-RAID using the Intel î Matrix Storage Manager. 2. Reboot the system and then follow the steps in section âÂÂRebuilding the RAID with other non-RAID diskâ on page 5-12. Select a destination disk with the same size as the original hard disk. To set the boot array in the BIOS: 1. Reboot the system and press <Del> to enter the BIOS setup utility dur - ing POST. 2. Go to the Boot menu and select the option Boot Device Priority. 3. Use up/down arrow keys to select the boot priority and press <Enter>. Refer to âÂÂ4.6.1 Boot Device Priorityâ for details. 4. From the Exit menu, select Exit & Save Changes, then press <Enter>. 5. When the conîÂÂrmation window appears, select OK, then press <En- ter>. Set at least one of the arrays bootable to boot from the hard disk.
5-12 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.3 LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Set- up Utility The LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility allows you to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 set(s) from SATA hard disk drives connected to the SATA connec- tors supported by the motherboard Southbridge chip. You may also create a RAID set(s) in a Windows î operating environment using the Global Array Manager (GAM) application. Refer to the GAM user guide in the motherboard support CD for details. To enter the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility: 1. Turn on the system after installing all the SATA hard disk drives. 2. During POST, the LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility auto - matically detects the installed SATA hard disk drives and displays any existing RAID set(s). Press <Ctrl> <M> to enter the utility. The LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID automatically conîÂÂgures a RAID 1 (Mirrored) set when the SATA is conîÂÂgured as RAID in the BIOS and you installed two hard disk drives without a RAID conîÂÂguration.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-13 5.3.1 Creating a RAID set The LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID Setup Utility allows you to create a RAID 0 or RAID 1 set using two types of conîÂÂgurations: Easy and New. In Easy ConîÂÂguration , the logical drive parameters are set automatically in- cluding the size and stripe size (RAID 1 only). In New ConîÂÂguration , you manually set the logical drive parameters and as- sign the set size and stripe size (RAID 1 only). 3. The utility main window appears. Use the arrow keys to select an option from the Management Menu, then press <Enter>. Refer to the Manage- ment Menu descriptions below. At the bottom of the screen is the legend box. The keys on the legend box allow you to navigate through the setup menu options or execute commands. The keys on the legend box vary according to the menu level. M e n u D e s c r i p t i o n ConîÂÂgure Allows you to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration or the New ConîÂÂguration command. This menu also allows you to view, add, or clear RAID conîÂÂgurations or select the boot drive Initialize Allows you to initialize the logical drives of a created RAID set Objects Allows you to initialize logical drives or change the logical drive parameters Rebuild Allows you to rebuild failed drives Check Consistency Allows you to check the data consistency of the logical drives of a created RAID set
5-14 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration Using Easy Conî¿guration To create a RAID set using the Easy ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure , then press <Enter>. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Easy ConîÂÂguration , then press <Enter>. 3. The ARRAY SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SATA ports. Select the drives you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from READY to ONLIN A[X]-[Y], where X is the array number, and Y is the drive number. The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-15 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array, then press <SpaceBar>. The logical drive information appears including a Logical Drive menu that al- lows you to change the logical drive parameters.
5-16 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 6. Select RAID from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 7. Select the RAID level from the menu, then press <Enter>. Yo u ne ed a t le as t tw o id en ti ca l ha rd d is k dr iv es w he n cr ea ti ng a R AI D 1 set . 8. When creating a RAID 1 set, select Stripe Size from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. When creating a RAID 0 set, proceed to step 10. 9. Key in the stripe size, then press <Enter>. For serv er s yst ems, we r eco mmend tha t y ou us e a low er ar ray blo ck si ze. For mult imed ia compu ter sys tems used ma inly for aud io an d vi deo edit ing, we recom mend a hi gher array bloc k siz e fo r opt imum perfo rmanc e.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-17 10. When îÂÂnished setting the selected logical drive conîÂÂguration, select Ac- cept from the menu, then press <Enter>. 11. Follow steps 5 to 10 to conîÂÂgure additional logical drives. 12. When prompted, save the conîÂÂguration, then press <Esc> to return to the Management Menu.
5-18 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration Whe n a R AID set is a lrea dy exist ing, us ing t he Ne w Con îÂÂgura tion com- man d era ses the exis ting RA ID co nîÂÂgu rat ion d ata. If you do n ot want to del ete t he e xis ting RAID se t, us e th e V iew/A dd Co nîÂÂgur ation comm and to vie w or crea te anoth er R AID conî gura tio n. 3. Follow steps 3 to 7 of the previous section. 4. Select Size from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 5. Key in the desired logical drive size, then press <Enter>. 6. Follow steps 8 to 12 of the previous section to create the RAID set. Using New Conî¿guration To create a RAID set using the New ConîÂÂguration option: 1. From the utility main menu, highlight ConîÂÂgure , then press <Enter>. 2. Use the arrow keys to select New ConîÂÂguration , then press <Enter>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-19 5.3.2 Adding or viewing a RAID conî¿guration You can add a new RAID conîÂÂguration or view an existing conîÂÂgurat ion using the View/Add ConîÂÂguration command. Adding a new RAID conî¿guration To add a new RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. Fro m th e Ma nage ment Menu , hi ghli ght Con îÂÂgur e , t hen pre ss < Ente r>. 2. Use the arrow keys to select Vie w/Ad d Co nîÂÂgu ratio n , then press <En- ter>. 3. The ARR AY S ELEC TION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SATA ports. Select the drive(s) you want to include in the RAID set, then press <SpaceBar>. When selected, the drive indicator changes from REA DY to ONL IN A [X]- [Y], where X is the array number, and Y is The information of the selected hard disk drive displays at the bottom of the screen.
5-20 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 4. Select all the drives required for the RAID set, then press <Enter>. The conîÂÂgurable array appears on screen. 5. Press <F10>, select the conîÂÂgurable array, then press <SpaceBar>. The logical drive information appears including a Logical Drive menu that al- lows you to change the logical drive parameters.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-21 6. Follow steps 6 to 7 of the Creating a RAID set: Using Easy ConîÂÂguration section. 7. Select Size from the Logical Drive menu, then press <Enter>. 8. Key in the desired logical drive size, then press <Enter>. 9. Follow steps 8 to 12 of the Creating a RAID set: Using Easy ConîÂÂgura- tion section to add the new RAID conîÂÂguration.
5-22 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.3.3 Initializing the logical drives After creating the RAID set(s), you must initialize the logical drives. You may initialize the logical drives of a RAID set(s) using the Initialize or Objects com- mand in the Management Menu. Using the Initialize command To initialize the logical drive using the Initialize command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Initialize , then press <Enter>. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the logical drive to initialize. Use the arrow keys to select the logical drive from the Logical Drive selection, then press <Enter>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-23 3. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Yes from the Initialize? dialog box, then press <Enter>. You may also press <F10> to initialize the drive without conîÂÂrmation. Initializing a logical drive(s) erases all data on the drive. 4. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization.
5-24 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>. Using the Objects command To initialize the logical drives using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Objects, then press <Enter>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-25 2. Select Logical Drive from the Objects sub-menu, then press <Enter>. 3. Select the logical drive to initialize from the Logical Drives sub-menu, then press <Enter>. 4. Select Initialize from the pop-up menu, then press <Enter> to start initialization.
5-26 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Yes from the Initialize? dialog box, then press <Enter>. You may also press <F10> to initialize the drive without conîÂÂrmation. 6. A progress bar appears on screen. If desired, press <Esc> to abort initialization. 7. When initialization is completed, press <Esc>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-27 5.3.4 Rebuilding failed drives You can manually rebuild failed hard disk drives using the Rebuild or Objects command in the Management Menu. Using the Rebuild command To rebuild a failed hard disk drive using the Rebuild command: 1. From the Management Menu, highlight Rebuild, then press <Enter>. 2. The PHYSICAL DRIVES SELECTION MENU displays the available drives connected to the SATA ports. Select the drive you want to rebuild, then press <SpaceBar>.
5-28 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 3. After selecting the drive to rebuild, press <F10>. The indicator for the selected drive now shows RBLD. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to rebuild the drive. 5. When rebuild is complete, press any key to continue. Using the Objects command To rebuild a failed hard disk drive using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects, then select Physical Drive from the menu. 2. Use the arrow keys to select the physical dri ve you want to rebuild, then press <Enter>. 3. Select Rebuild from the pop-up menu, then press <Enter>. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to rebuild the drive. 5. When rebuild is complete, press any key to continue.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-29 5.3.5 Checking the drives for data consistency You can check and verify the accuracy of data redundancy in the selected logical drive. The utility can automatically detect and/or detect and correct any differences in data redundancy depending on the selected option in the Objects > Adapter menu. 2. The screen displays the available RAID set(s) and prompts you to select the logical drive to check. Use the arrow keys to select the logical drive from the Logical Drive selection, then press <Enter>. Using the Check Consistency To check data consistency using the Check Consistency command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Check Consistency, then press <Enter>. The Check Consistency command is available only for logical drives included in a RAID 1 set.
5-30 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 3. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Yes from the Consis- tency Check dialog box, then press <Enter>. You may also press <F10> to check the drive consistency. A progress bar appears on screen. 4. While checking the disk consistency, press <Esc> to display the follow- ing options. ⢠Stop - Stops the consistency check. The utility stores the percentage of disk checked. When you restart checking, it continues from the last percentage completed rather than from zero percent. ⢠Continue - Continues the consistency check. ⢠Abort - Aborts the consistency check. When you restart check - ing, it continues from zero percent. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-31 Using the Objects command To check data consistency using the Objects command: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects, then select Logical Drive from the menu. 2. Use the arrow keys to select the logical dri ve you want to check, then press <Enter>. 3 . Se l ec t Check Consistency fr o m t h e p op - up m en u , t h e n p r es s < E nt e r >. 4. When prompted, press <Y> to to check the drive. 5. When checking is complete, press any key to continue.
5-32 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.3.6 Deleting a RAID conî¿guration To delete a RAID conîÂÂguration: 1. From the Management Menu, select ConîÂÂgure > Clear ConîÂÂguration , then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select Yes from the Clear ConîÂÂguration? dialog box, then press <Enter>. The utility clears the current array. 3. Press any key to continue.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 5-33 5.3.7 Selecting the boot drive from a RAID set You must have created a new RAID conîÂÂguration before you can select the boot drive from a RAID set. Refer to the Creating a RAID set: Using New ConîÂÂguration section for details. To select the boot drive from a RAID set: 1. From the Management Menu, select ConîÂÂgure > Select Boot Drive , then press <Enter>. 2. When prompted, press the <SpaceBar> to select the bootable logical drive from the list, then press <Enter>. 3. The logical drive is selected as boot drive. Press any key to continue.
5-34 Chapter 5: RAID ConîÂÂguration 5.3.8 Enabling the WriteCache You may enable the RAID controllerâÂÂs WriteCache option to improve the data transmission performance. 3. When îÂÂnished, press any key to continue. 5.4 Global Array Manager You may also create a RAID set(s) in Windows î operating environment using the Global Array Manager (GAM) application. The GAM application is available from the motherboard support CD. To enable WriteCache: 1. From the Management Menu, select Objects > Adapter, then press <Enter> to display the adapter properties. 2. Select WriteCache, then press <Enter> to turn the option On (enabled). When you enable WriteCache, you may lose data when a power interrup- tion occurs while transmitting or exchanging data among the drives. Refer to the GAM user guide in the motherboard support CD for details.
This chapter provides instructions for installing the necessary drivers for different system components. Chapter 6 Driver installation
6-2 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.1 RAID driver installation After creating the RAID sets for your server system, you are now ready to install an operating system to the independent hard disk drive or bootable array. This part provides instructions on how to install the RAID controller drivers during OS installation. 6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver disk You may have to use another system to create the RAID driver disk from the system/motherboard support CD or from the Internet. A îÂÂoppy disk with the RAID driver is required when installing Windows î 2000 or Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0/SuSE operating system on a hard disk drive that is included in a RAID set. You can create a RAID driver disk in DOS (using the Makedisk application in the support CD). To create a RAID driver disk in DOS environment: 1. Place the motherboard support CD in the optical drive. 2. Restart the computer, then enter the BIOS Setup. 3. Select the optical drive as the îÂÂrst boot priority to boot from the sup - port CD. Save your changes, then exit the BIOS Setup. 4. Restart the computer. 5. Press any key when prompted to boot from CD. The Makedisk menu appears. LoadingîÂÂFreeDOSîÂÂFATîÂÂKERNELîÂÂGO! PressîÂÂanyîÂÂkeyîÂÂtoîÂÂbootîÂÂfromîÂÂCDROM... 6. Place a blank, highâÂÂdensity îÂÂoppy disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then select the type of RAID driver disk you want to create by typing the number before the option 7. Press <Enter>. 8. Follow screen instructions to create the driver disk. A) Fre eDO S com man d p ro mpt B) îÂÂî Ma keî In tel îÂÂIC H7R îÂÂLSIîÂÂMegaRAIDîÂÂforîÂÂWin32/64îÂÂbitîÂÂdriverîÂÂdisk C)îÂÂî MakeîÂÂIntelîÂÂICH7RîÂÂLSIîÂÂMegaRAIDîÂÂforîÂÂRHELîÂÂ3îÂÂ32/64îÂÂbitîÂÂdriverîÂÂdisk D)îÂÂî MakeîÂÂIntelîÂÂICH7RîÂÂLSIîÂÂMegaRAIDîÂÂforîÂÂRHELîÂÂ4îÂÂ32/64îÂÂbitîÂÂdriverîÂÂdisk E) Flash AMI BIOS for TS100-E4/PI2 F) Broadcom ASF Firmware Update G) Write TS100-E4/PI2 FRU Please choose A To G:
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-3 6.1.2 Installing the RAID controller driver Windows î 2003 Server OS DuringîÂÂWindows î 2003 Server OS installation To install the RAID controller driver when installing Windows î 2000/2003 Server OS: 1. Boot the computer using the Windows î 2003 Server installation CD. The Windows î 2003 Setup starts. 2. Press <F6> when the message â Press F6 if you need to install a third party SCSI or RAID driver...â appears at the bottom of the screen. 3. When prompted, press <S> to specify an additional device. For syst ems wit h Red Hat î Enterprise versions that are not listed in the Makedisk menu, explore the support CD and copy the RAID driver disk from the following path: \ICH7R LSI RAID\Driver\Linux.
6-4 Chapter 6: Driver installation 4. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. Select the RAID controller driver from the list, then press <Enter>. L S I L o g i c S A T A R A I D Select âÂÂLSI Logic Embedded SATA RAIDâ for 32bit Windows 2003 Server OS from the list, then press <Enter>. For 64bit Windows 2003 Server OS, please select âÂÂLSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID ( Intel IA32E )â item.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-5 Intel Matrix Storage Select âÂÂIntel(R) 82801GR/GH SATA RAID Controller (Desktop ICH7RDH)â for Intel Matrix Storage RAID mode from the list, then press <Enter>. If you conîÂÂgured SATA as AHCI Mode in the BIOS setup utility of IDE ConîÂÂguration, îÂÂrst install the Intel SATA AHCI Driver during windows setup. Then, select the âÂÂIntel(R) 82801GR/GH SATA AHCI Controller (Desktop ICH7RDH)â from the list. Refer to section âÂÂ6.1.1 Creating a RAID driver diskâ to create the Intel SATA Driver for windows system. 6. The Windows î 2003 Setup loads the RAID controller drivers from the RAID driver disk. When prompted, press <Enter> to continue installa- tion. 7. Setup then proceeds with the OS installation. Follow screen instructions to continue.
6-6 Chapter 6: Driver installation 5. Right-click the RAID controller item, then select Properties. 6. Click the Driver tab, then click the Update Driver button. 7. The Upgrade Device Driver Wizard window appears. Click Next. 8. Insert the RAID driver disk you created earlier to the îÂÂoppy disk drive. 9. Select the option âÂÂSearch for a suitable driver for my device (recom- mended)âÂÂ, then click Next. 10. The wizard searches the RAID controller drivers. When found, click Next to install the drivers. 11. Click Finish after the driver installation is done. T oîÂÂanîÂÂexistingîÂÂWindows î 2003 Server OS To install the RAID controller driver on an existing Windows î 2003 Server OS: 1. Restart the computer, then log in with Administrator privileges. 2. Windows î automatically detects the RAID controller and displays a New Hardware Found window. Click Cancel. 3. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows î desktop , then select Properties from the menu. 4. Click the Hardware tab then click the Device Manager button to display the list of devices installed in the system.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-7 To verify the RAID controller driver installation: 1. Right-click the My Computer icon on the Windows î desktop , then select Properties from the menu. 2. Click the Hardware tab, then click the Device Manager button. 3. Click the â â sign before the item SCSI and RAID controllers. The LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID or Intelî 8201 GR/GH SATA RAID items should appear. 4. Right-click the RAID controller driver item, then select Properties from the menu. 5. Click the Driver tab, then click the Driver Details button to display the RAID controller drivers. 6. Click OK when îÂÂnished.
6-8 Chapter 6: Driver installation Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 To install the Intel î ICH7R LSI Logic Embedded SATA RAID controller driver when installing Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 operating system: 1. Boot the system from the Red Hat î Installation CD. 2. At the boot:, type linuxîÂÂddîÂÂ, then press <Enter>.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-9 4. Select fd0 using the <Tab> key when asked to select the driver disk source. Press <Tab> to move the cursor to OK, then press <Enter>. 3. Select Yes using the <Tab> key when asked if you have the driver disk. Press <Enter>
6-10 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6. When asked if you will load additional RAID controller drivers, select Yes, then install the additional RAID controller drivers. 7. Follow screen instructions to continue the OS installation. 5. When prompted, insert the Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 RAID driver disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, select OK, then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-11 SuSE Linux To install the RAID controller driver when installing SuSE Linux OS: 1. Boot the system from the SuSE Installation CD. 2. Select Installation from the Boot Options menu, then press <Enter>. 3. A message instructs you to prepare the RAID driver disk. Press <F6>. For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9.0 SP1 operating system, do not use OS bundled driver, otherwise your computer may become unstable due to OS limitation.
6-12 Chapter 6: Driver installation 4. When prompted, insert the RAID driver disk to the îÂÂoppy disk drive, then press <Enter>. 5. When prompted, select the îÂÂoppy disk drive (fd0) as the driver update medium, select OK, then press <Enter>. The drivers for the RAID controller are installed to the system.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-13 6.2 LAN driver installation This section provides instructions on how to install the Broadcom î Gigabit LAN controller drivers. 6.2.1 Windows î 2003 Server To install the Broadcom î Gigabit LAN controller driver on a Windows î 2003 Server OS: 1. Restart the computer, then log on with Administrator privileges. 2. Insert the motherboard/system support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. 3. Click the Broadcom 5721 Driver option to begin installation. ⢠Wi ndo ws î autom atically d etects th e LAN cont rollers a nd display s a New Hardware Found window. Click Cancel to close this window. ⢠If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Double-click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD.
6-14 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.2.2 Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 Follow these instructions when installing the Broadcom î Gigabit LAN control- ler base driver for the Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 operating system. Building the driver from the TAR î¿le 4. Click Next when the InstallShield Wizard window appears. Follow screen instructions to continue installation. To build the driver from the TAR îÂÂle: 1. Create a directory and extract the TAR îÂÂles: tarîÂÂxvzfîÂÂbcm5700-<version>.tar.gz 2. Bui ld t he d rive r bcm 5700 .o a s a load able modu le f or th e ru nnin g ke rnel: cdîÂÂbcm5700-<version>/src î make 3. Test the driver by loading it: insmodîÂÂbcm5700.o 4. Install the driver and man page: makeîÂÂinstall 5. Refer to Red Hat distribution documentation to conîÂÂgure the network protocol and address. Install îÂÂrst the Kernel Development tools before building the driver from the TAR îÂÂle.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-15 6.3 VGA driver installation This section provides instructions on how to install the XGI Graphics driver. 6.3.1 Windows î 2003 Server The Windows î 2003 Server operating system automatically recognizes the XGI Graphics driver during system installation. There is no need to install an additional driver(s) to support the onboard VGA. 6.3.2 Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 The Red Hat î Enterprise ver. 3.0 operating system automatically recognizes the XGI Graphics driver during system installation. There is no need to install an additional driver(s) to support the onboard VGA.
6-16 Chapter 6: Driver installation 6.4 Management applications and utilities installation The support CD that came with the motherboard package contains the driv- ers, management applications, and utilities that you can install to avail all motherboard features. The contents of the support CD are subject to change at any time with- out notice. Visit the ASUS website (www.asus.com) for updates. 6.4.1 Running the support CD Place the support CD to the optical drive. The CD automatically displays the Drivers menu if Autorun is enabled in your computer. If Autorun is NOT enabled in your computer, browse the contents of the support CD to locate the îÂÂle ASSETUP.EXE from the BIN folder. Doubleâ click the ASSETUP.EXE to run the CD. 6.4.2 Drivers menu The Dri vers menu sho ws th e ava ilab le d evice dri vers if the syst em de tect s ins tall ed d evic es. I nsta ll t he n ece ssar y dr iver s to acti vate the de vice s. The screen display and driver options vary under different operating system versions.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 6-17 6.4.3 Management Software menu The Management Software menu displays the available network and server moni- toring application. Click on an item to install. 6.4.4 Utilities menu The Utilities menu displays the software applications 6.4.5 Contact information Click the Contact tab to display the ASUS contact
6-18 Chapter 6: Driver installation
The Appendix describes the CPU features that the motherboard supports. Appendix Reference Info
A-2 Appendix: CPU features A.1 Intel î EM64T Using the Intel î EM64T feature To use the Intel î EM64T feature: 1. Install an Intel î Pentium î 4 CPU that supports the Intel î EM64T. 2. Install a 64-bit operating system (Windows î XP Professional x64 Edi- tion). 3. Install the 64-bit drivers for the motherboard components and devices from the support CD. 4. Install the 64-bit drivers for expansion cards or add-on devices, if any. A.2 Enhanced Intel SpeedStep î Technol- ogy (EIST) ⢠The motherboard is fully compatible with Intel î Pentium î 4 LGA775 processors running on 32-bit operating systems. ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS îÂÂle that supports EM64T. You can download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS website (www.asus. com/support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS îÂÂle. See Chapter 5 for details. ⢠Visit www.intel.com for more information on the EM64T feature. ⢠Vi si t w ww .m ic ro so ft .c om f or m or e in fo rm at io n on W in do ws î 64-bit OS. Refer to the expansion card or add-on device(s) documentation, or visit the related website, to verify if the card/device supports a 64-bit system. A.2.1 System requirements Before using EIST, c heck your sys tem if it mee ts the follo wing requirem ents: ⢠Int el î Pentium î 4 processor with EIST support ⢠BIOS îÂÂle with EIST support ⢠Operating system with EIST support (Windows î XP SP2/Linux 2.6 kernel or later versions) ⢠The motherboard comes with a BIOS îÂÂle that supports EIST. You can download the latest BIOS îÂÂle from the ASUS website (www. asus.com/support/download/) if you need to update the BIOS. See Chapter 5 for details. ⢠Visit www.intel.com for more information on the EIST feature.
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 A-3 A.2.2 Using the EIST To use the EIST feature: 1. Tur n on t he c om put er , th en e nt er th e BI OS S et up . 2. Go to t he A dv an ced M en u, h ig hl ig ht CP U Co nî gu ra ti on, then press <Enter>. 3. Set the Intel(R) SpeedStep Technology item to [Automatic], then press <Enter>. See page 5-24 for details. 4. Pre ss < F1 0> t o sa ve y ou r ch an ge s an d ex it t he B IO S se tu p. 5. Aft er t he c om pu ter r es ta rt s, r ig ht cl ic k on a b lan k sp ac e on t he de sk to p, th en s el ec t Pr op er ti es f ro m th e po p- up m en u. 6. Whe n th e Di sp la y P ro pe rt ie s wi nd ow a pp ea rs , cl ic k th e Sc re en Sa ve r ta b. 7. Cli ck t he P ow er bu tt on o n th e Mo ni to r po we r se ct io n to o pe n th e Po we r Op ti on s Pr op er ti es w in do w. 8. On the Power schemes section, click , then select any option except Home/OfîÂÂce Desktop or Always On. 9. Click Apply, then click OK. 10. Close the Display Properties win - dow. After you adjust the power scheme, the CPU internal fre- quency slightly decreases when the CPU loading is low. The screen displays and procedures may vary depending on the operat- ing system.
A-4 Appendix: CPU features A.3 Block diagram
ASUS TS100-E4/PI2 A-5 A.4 670 W single power supply A.4.1 General description The 250W single power supply with ATX-compliant output cables and con - nectors. The power supply has 8 plugs labeled P1 to P8. Take note of the devices to which you should connect the plugs. P2 P5 P6 P1 P7 P1 Motherboard 24-pin ATX power connector P2 Motherboard 4-pin 12V power connector P3 Peripheral device (available);Optical drive P4 Peripheral device (available);Optical drive P5 Peripheral device (available);HDD P6 Peripheral device (available);HDD P7 Floppy disk drive P8 SATA power connector P8 P3 P4 The voltage switch selection must be the same with voltage of AC Power. Fail to do it will cause PSU damage.
A-6 Appendix: CPU features A.4.2 Speciî¿cations DC Output characteristics Input Characteristics Input Voltage Range 115V~/6A or 230V~/3A, (By Voltage Switch selection) Input Frequency Range 50 Hz to 60 Hz Output Voltage Max (A) 3.3V 16A 5V 18A 12V1 10A 12V2 14A -12V 0.3A 5VSB 2.5A 5V&3.3V Max 115W 12V1& 12V2 Max 235W Total Conbine Current on 12V1& 12V2 rails are 19A Max